<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Cstelzmann</id>
	<title>MailStore SPE Help - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Cstelzmann"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/Special:Contributions/Cstelzmann"/>
	<updated>2026-05-25T03:52:27Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.14</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_26.1_User_Documentation&amp;diff=2179</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 26.1 User Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_26.1_User_Documentation&amp;diff=2179"/>
		<updated>2026-01-14T11:04:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 26.1 == === User Documentation === :Information about the Documentat...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 26.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== User Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Information about the Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 26.1 User Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_26.1_Technical_System_Documentation&amp;diff=2178</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 26.1 Technical System Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_26.1_Technical_System_Documentation&amp;diff=2178"/>
		<updated>2026-01-14T11:03:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 26.1 == === Technical System Documentation === :Information about th...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 26.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical System Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Information about the Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 26.1 Technical System Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_26.1_Operational_Documentation&amp;diff=2177</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 26.1 Operational Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_26.1_Operational_Documentation&amp;diff=2177"/>
		<updated>2026-01-14T11:03:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 26.1 == === Operational Documentation === :Information about the Doc...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 26.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Operational Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Information about the Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 26.1 Operational Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_User_Documentation&amp;diff=2176</id>
		<title>User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore SPE 25.4 User Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_User_Documentation&amp;diff=2176"/>
		<updated>2026-01-13T12:11:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== User Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Information about the Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.4 User Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_User_Documentation&amp;diff=2175</id>
		<title>User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore SPE 25.4 User Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_User_Documentation&amp;diff=2175"/>
		<updated>2026-01-13T12:10:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 25.4 == === User Documentation === :Information about the Documentat...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== User Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Information about the Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.4 User Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Operational_Documentation&amp;diff=2174</id>
		<title>User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore SPE 25.4 Operational Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Operational_Documentation&amp;diff=2174"/>
		<updated>2026-01-13T12:07:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Operational Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Information about the Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.4 Operational Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Operational_Documentation&amp;diff=2173</id>
		<title>User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore SPE 25.4 Operational Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Operational_Documentation&amp;diff=2173"/>
		<updated>2026-01-13T12:07:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 25.4 == === Operational Documentation === ;Using MailStore Service Pro...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Operational Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.4 Operational Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Technical_System_Documentation&amp;diff=2172</id>
		<title>User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore SPE 25.4 Technical System Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Technical_System_Documentation&amp;diff=2172"/>
		<updated>2026-01-13T12:05:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical System Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Information about the Documentation]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.4 Technical System Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Information_about_the_Documentation&amp;diff=2171</id>
		<title>Information about the Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Information_about_the_Documentation&amp;diff=2171"/>
		<updated>2026-01-13T12:05:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;__NOTOC__  ==== This documentation consists of three separately provided parts: ==== * User Documentation * Technical System Documentation * Operational Documentation  ==== Th...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== This documentation consists of three separately provided parts: ====&lt;br /&gt;
* User Documentation&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical System Documentation&lt;br /&gt;
* Operational Documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== This documentation is provided by: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore Software GmbH&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cloerather Str. 1-3&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D-41748 Viersen&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tel.: +49 (0)2162 - 50299-0&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E-Mail: sales@mailstore.com&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Technical_System_Documentation&amp;diff=2170</id>
		<title>User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore SPE 25.4 Technical System Documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=User:Cstelzmann/Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4_Technical_System_Documentation&amp;diff=2170"/>
		<updated>2026-01-13T12:04:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 25.4 == === Technical System Documentation === ;Before You Start :Ov...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Technical System Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.4 Technical System Documentation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4&amp;diff=2156</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 25.4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.4&amp;diff=2156"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T09:46:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 25.4 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.4]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.3&amp;diff=2148</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 25.3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.3&amp;diff=2148"/>
		<updated>2025-07-04T09:57:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 25.3 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.2&amp;diff=2143</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 25.2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.2&amp;diff=2143"/>
		<updated>2025-04-03T07:58:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 25.2 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.1&amp;diff=2134</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 25.1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_25.1&amp;diff=2134"/>
		<updated>2025-01-15T10:19:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 25.1 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 25.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 25.1]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Instance_Management&amp;diff=2131</id>
		<title>Instance Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Instance_Management&amp;diff=2131"/>
		<updated>2024-12-04T10:47:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For each instance further individual administrative functions exist. These functions are accessible through the instance details, which appear in pane below the instance list (''General &amp;gt; Instances'') of the Management Console when clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these functions are group by tabs, for which further details are provided below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the ''Overview'' tab of the instance details a summary of the configuration is shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ms_spe_instance_overview.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archive Stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Archive Stores'' tab allows the administration of the instance storage as well as the search indexes. New archive stores are automatically created in the base directory and can be created on demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Create Archive Stores ===&lt;br /&gt;
Although MailStore Service Provider Edition creates new archive stores automatically, this can also be done manually as described in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''General &amp;gt; Instances''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the instance details by clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Archive Stores'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Create Store''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out the ''Create Archive Store'' form:&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Ms_spe_create_archivestore_01.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Name:''' Meaningful name for the archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Archive new messages here:''' Enabled by default, new message will be archived in the newly created archive store if this option is checked.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Use different directories for database, content and search index:''' If checked, a non-default directory structure can be used, e.g. the database and index directory may reside on a fast storage while the content resides in on a slower storage.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Directory:''' Directory in which the new archive store will be created. A proposal is created from the ''Name'' of the archive store and the base directory of the instance. Use the tilde to point to a directory relative to the base directory of the instance, e.g. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;~\Messages-2013-10&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''OK'' to create the new archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Attach Existing Archive Store ===&lt;br /&gt;
Archive stores from MailStore Service Provider Edition instances or from on-premises MailStore Servers can be attached to an instance as described below: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important notice: '''Since version 25.1 only archive stores with Firebird 4 databases are supported. Attaching older archive stores is not possible and will fail. The source installation must have been on version 24.2 or newer and the archive stores must also have been upgraded within that installation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''General &amp;gt; Instances''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the instance details by clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Archive Stores'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Attach Store''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill out the ''Attach Archive Store'' form:&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File:Ms_spe_attach_archivestore_01.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Name:''' Meaningful name for the archive store&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Archive new messages here:''' If checked, new message will be archived in the newly created archive store. (default: unchecked)&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Use different directories for database, content and search index:''' If checked, a non-default directory structure can be used, e.g. archive stores created before MailStore SPE/Server 10 do have the search index files located in the same directory as the database. So you have to activate this option and remove the \''Index'' directory from the ''Index Directory''-field.&lt;br /&gt;
:* '''Base Directory:''' Directory of the archive store to attach. This directory must contain the file &amp;quot;MailStoreFileGroup.fdb&amp;quot;. Use the tilde to point to a directory relative to the base directory of the instance, e.g. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;~/2016-12&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''OK'' to attach the archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In case the error ''Unable to open the archive store &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;. Unsupported Firebird Database file detected.'' appears, the archive store must be upgraded to Firebird 4 first, then it can be attached.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Ms_spe_attach_unsupported_old_firebird.png|center]]Read [[Update_Notices_for_MailStore_SPE_to_version_25.1_or_newer#Updating_individual_instances_and_archive_stores|Updating individual instances and archive stores]] on how to upgrade archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unlock Archive Stores ===&lt;br /&gt;
In case the archive store was migrated from MailStore Server to MailStore SPE, additional steps are required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The archive store is protected with a recovery key ====&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive store cannot be loaded successfully and the note ''Unable to unlock archive store (Identifier: &amp;lt;identifier&amp;gt;)'' appears.&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Ms_spe_attach_locked_generated_value.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To finalize the migration of this archive store you need to know the recovery key identified by &amp;lt;identifier&amp;gt;, the instanceID of the instance where the archive store is attached to and the ID of the attached archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to ''Navigation &amp;gt; DEVELOPER &amp;gt; Management API''. Select ''UnlockStore'' from the drop down menu and enter the ''instanceID'' of the instance, the ''ID'' of the archive store and the recovery key. The recovery key must be entered in lowercase letters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Invoke'', ''true'' should appear below the text fields.&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Ms_spe_attach_unlock_generated_value.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify that the archive store was attached successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The archive store is protected with a product key ====&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive store cannot be loaded successfully and the note ''Unable to open the archive store &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;. Can't decrypt encryption key.'' appears.&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Ms_spe_attach_locked_product_key.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* To finalize the migration of this archive store you need to know the product key of the installation where the archive store was attached to last, the instanceID of the instance where the archive store is attached to and the ID of the attached archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to ''Navigation &amp;gt; DEVELOPER &amp;gt; Management API''. Select ''UnlockStore'' from the drop down menu and enter the ''instanceID'' of the instance, the ''ID'' of the archive store and the product key. The product key must be entered in uppercase letters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Invoke'', ''true'' should appear.&lt;br /&gt;
: [[File:Ms_spe_attach_unlock_product_key.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify that the archive store was attached successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More information about archive security can be found in the [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration#Security_and_Encryption MailStore Server Service Configuration article].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Maintain FS Databases ===&lt;br /&gt;
For storing meta data of the archive store's content embedded Firebird databases  exist in every archive store. Under certain circumstances (e.g. after a disaster recovery of the server or storage) it might become necessary to perform a maintenance task on those databases. This can easily be done for all archive stores of a particular instance be following the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click  ''General &amp;gt; Instances''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the instance details by clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Archive Stores'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Maintain FS Databases'' to start the maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;
* A progress windows will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the process is completed successfully and click ''OK''. Otherwise click ''Cancel'' to interrupt maintenance process at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Upgrade All Stores ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When MailStore introduces a new archive store format, the archive stores must be upgraded manually. Create a [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]] and proceed as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click  ''General &amp;gt; Instances''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the instance details by clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Archive Stores'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Upgrade All Stores'' to start the upgrade process.&lt;br /&gt;
* A progress windows will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wait until the process is completed successfully and click ''OK''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Auto-Create Stores ===&lt;br /&gt;
From time to time, MailStore Service Provider Edition automatically creates a new archive store for optimal system performance and stability. The maximum size and amount of emails are determined internally by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If needed, you can limit the size that an archive store can reach at most before a new one is created to align with your backup routine. You can also configure the storage location where new archive stores will be created automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important notice: '''The maximum size should not be configured manually without good reason, so that MailStore Service Provider Edition can determine the optimal time automatically for creating a new archive store.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change these settings, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click  ''General &amp;gt; Instances''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the instance details by clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Archive Stores'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Auto-create''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Adjust the settings in the ''Auto-Create Archive Stores'' dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
*: [[File: Ms_spe_autocreate_stores_01.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''OK'' to save the settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Store Commands ===&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced store commands are accessible by following these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click  ''General &amp;gt; Instances''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the instance details by clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Archive Stores'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select an archive store and click on ''Store Commands'' or right-click on an archive store to open a context menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the available store commands can be found in the tables below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Requested State ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; | State&lt;br /&gt;
! Description &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled archive stores are not in use but the instance still knows about their existence. The content is not available to users or administrators while the archive store is disabled. This state is useful when moving archive stores to a new directory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Write Protected&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of write protected archive stores is available to users, but cannot be modified (e.g. delete or move messages, rename or move folders) &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Normal&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of archives store is available to users and can be modified if the user has the appropriate permission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Current&lt;br /&gt;
| Same as ''Normal'' but new messages will be archived in the archive store that is set to ''Current''. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Commands ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; | Command&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Detach&lt;br /&gt;
| Detaches the selected archive store. The archive store can be re-attached by using the ''Attach'' function. Please note that the archive store's name and ID will not be retained when detaching and re-attaching. Therefore, when moving an archive store to a new location, disabling the the archive store and using ''Set Path'' afterwards is preferred over re-attaching. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Rename&lt;br /&gt;
| Specify a new name for the archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Set Path&lt;br /&gt;
| Change the path of the archive store. The archive store must be disabled before  changing the path. Please note that the file system directory must be moved manually to the new location before re-enabling the archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Compact&lt;br /&gt;
| Optimizes the data structures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| Upgrade &lt;br /&gt;
| When the archive store format is updated due to a necessary change or when an archive store from a MailStore Server was attached to an instance, it is highly recommended to upgrade the archive store to the latest format by using this function. This process may take hours and should be performed in a maintenance/change window. A [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]] must be made, before this upgrade is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Verify&lt;br /&gt;
| Verification of the data integrity between folder information and meta data as well as email headers, content and recovery records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Recreate Recovery Records&lt;br /&gt;
| Recreates broken recovery records of an archive store. Use ''Verify'' to verify the state of the recovery records. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search Indexes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally to container files storing the actual email content and the embedded Firebird databases used for storing meta information, a full-text index file is created for each archive that has emails stored in an archive store. By default the full-text index only included email bodies, but virtually any file type is supported (see ''Configure''). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access these functions, follow the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click  ''General &amp;gt; Instances''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the instance details by clicking on a running instance in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the ''Archive Stores'' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Search Indexes''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The below functions are available in the search index menu to configure and maintain the full-text indexes of an instance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Rebuild Broken Indexes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Starts a rebuild of all search indexes across all archive stores that are marked as broken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Rebuild All Indexes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Starts a rebuild of all search indexes in all archives stores.&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually only required after making changes to the list of attachment extensions to be included in the full-text index.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to start the MailStore SPE Instance in [[Controlling_Instances|Safe Mode]] to avoid interference by background tasks such as archiving profiles, exporting profiles, jobs or user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Configure ====&lt;br /&gt;
Specify a list of file extensions for attachments to be included in the full-text index. MailStore Service Provider Edition can index all file types for which a so-called IFilter driver is installed on the instance host on which the MailStore instance is running. The list of file extensions has to be separated by space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Ms_spe_file_extensions.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the name [http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=17062 Microsoft Office 2010 Filter Packs] Microsoft offers a package that, additionally to all legacy as well as recent Microsoft Office Formats, supports the Open Document Format (OpenOffice/LibreOffice). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For reasons of stability and performance, MailStore Service Provider Edition processes the following file types directly, regardless of the IFilter drivers that are installed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Text files (TXT)&lt;br /&gt;
* HTML files (HTM and HTML)&lt;br /&gt;
* PDF files (PDF)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further background information about the IFilter system itself as well as links to additional IFilter drivers can be found in the corresponding  Wikipedia article [[wikipedia:IFilter|IFilter]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Archive Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Accessing Instances}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inside the Instance ===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter whether logging on to an instance as the customer's administrator or as service provider via service provider archive access, the available functions of the MailStore Client are nearly the same. Only accessing and or modifying the archive content (e.g. creating folders, deleting messages,..) is prohibited for the ''$archiveadmin'' user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please refer to [[Instance Administration]] to get an overview of the functions available inside each individual instance, such as managing users and setting up archiving and how these relate to the on premises solution MailStore Server.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices_for_MailStore_SPE_to_version_25.1_or_newer&amp;diff=2130</id>
		<title>Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices_for_MailStore_SPE_to_version_25.1_or_newer&amp;diff=2130"/>
		<updated>2024-12-04T10:42:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Updating individual instances */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With version 25.1, MailStore is, for the first time, not fully backwards compatible with all older versions. In order to be independent of outdated Microsoft C++ runtime libraries, support for Firebird 3 and 2.5 had to be removed. An update to version 25.1 therefore requires that all internal archive stores have previously been updated to Firebird 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Instance_Management#Archive_Stores|Archive stores]] created with version 23.4 or a previous version use Firebird 3 or Firebird 2.5 as the database system. Firebird 4 was introduced with MailStore 24.2. Newly created archive stores have since been automatically created with Firebird 4 databases. Older archive stores must be updated manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All other [[Update_Notices|update notices for MailStore SPE can be found here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= About databases in MailStore =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore SPE uses Firebird Embedded as a database system for the configuration and metadata of the archived emails. The configuration is stored in the so-called master database, the email metadata is stored in the archive store databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new Firebird version is supported in MailStore, the master database is automatically updated when the new version is started for the first time. This database can be updated in a reasonable amount of time without affecting operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The archive store databases are not updated automatically. Since this process can be lengthy and thus affect operation, the administrator must start it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to be able to perform these database updates, MailStore must support both the old and the new Firebird version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firebird's dependencies on C++ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 4 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2015-2022.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 3 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2013.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 2.5 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2010.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of these runtime libraries were automatically installed with MailStore SPE up to version 24.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft has discontinued support for the C++ runtime libraries of versions 2013 and 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changes in MailStore SPE 25.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This MailStore version, as well as all newer versions, is no longer able to load or update old databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the instance host service starts and loading instances' databases fails, a corresponding error message is stored in the Windows Application event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client tries to connect to a MailStore SPE instance that is trying to load an incompatible database, the client displays an error message that the database format is unsupported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= What to do next? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the initial situation, different steps are necessary to become independent of Firebird 3 and 2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update from version 24.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are currently using MailStore SPE 24.2 to 24.4, you must have updated the archive stores of all instances to Firebird 4 before being able to update to MailStore SPE 25.1 or newer. The dashboard in the Management Console and the [[Instance_Management#Archive_Stores|archive stores page]] will inform you whether this step is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ms_spe_dashboard_archive_store_needs_upgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ms_spe_archive_store_needs_upgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that no archive store has the status ''Disabled''. MailStore cannot determine whether these archive stores need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the status of disabled archive stores to ''write protected''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Detached archive stores are not listed in the list of archive stores. Therefore attach detached archive stores and set them to ''write protected'' status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a hint is displayed that an upgrade is required, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Instance_Management#Upgrade_All_Stores|Update all archive stores]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Create another [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download and install the current MailStore SPE version [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for the current version up to version 24.2 and follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update from version 23.x and older ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have previously used MailStore SPE 23.4 or older, you must perform an '''intermediate update''' before updating to the latest version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A direct update to the latest version is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a [[Backup and Restore|data backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download MailStore SPE 24.4 [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads from here].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for version 24.2 (!) and follow the instructions. You can ignore the known problems in this version because you are installing version 24.4, in which these problems have already been resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Install version 24.4 of MailStore SPE.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that no archive store has the status ''Disabled''. MailStore cannot determine whether these archive stores need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Right-click on the disabled archive stores and change the status to ''write protected''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Detached archive stores are not listed in the list of archive stores. Therefore attach detached archive stores and set them to ''write protected'' status.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Instance_Management#Upgrade_All_Stores|Update all archive stores]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Create another [[Backup and Restore|data backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the latest MailStore SPE version [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for the current version up to version 24.2 and follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the latest version of MailStore SPE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Updating individual instances and archive stores ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have instances or [[Instance_Management#Store_Commands|archive stores detached]] or archives stores [[Instance_Management#Store_Commands|disabled]] because you do not need permanent access to their contents, their databases must also be updated to Firebird 4 in order to be able to load them into current MailStore SPE versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your MailStore SPE installation is already on version 25.1 or newer, you cannot use this installation to update the instances and archive store databases. You need a second system on which you can perform the interim update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact support in case you need to upgrade individual instances on a second installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Backups that contain Firebird 3 or Firebird 2.5 databases cannot be read by MailStore 25.1 and newer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you restore such a backup, you must load it once with MailStore SPE 24.4 and update all archive store databases. The backup will then also be compatible with the current MailStore version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact support in case you need to restore a backup on a second installation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2129</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2129"/>
		<updated>2024-12-04T10:28:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installations with version 23.4 or older must first be updated to version 24.4 and all archive stores must be updated to Firebird 4. You can then update to the latest version. Please also read the [[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]].&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating the E-Mail Archive Client installations and/or the E-Mail Archive Outlook Add-In installations is only necessary if this is specifically stated in the version-specific notes.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 25.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Only installations with versions 24.2.0 to 24.4.0 can be updated directly.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Until all archive stores have been updated, you must not update to version 25.1.0.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* It is '''obligatory''' to also note the [[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In order to enable the Manifest generation for the Outlook App, the [[Branding |branding]] needs to be adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Saved searches containing search criteria that can be interpreted as [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives search for alternatives] will return different search results than before the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retention policies do not support [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives searches for alternatives]. In case existing retention policies contain search criteria that can be interpreted as searches for alternatives, those have to be changed for retention policies to being able to be processed, again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no notes for this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are upgrading from a MailStore version before 24.2.0, please also note the instructions for upgrading to version 24.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If you upgrade from MailStore 24.2.0, the archive stores need to be upgraded. To do this, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The master database is upgraded to Firebird 4 during the first start of an instance. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For the update to Firebird 4 the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* As long as an internal, Firebird-based archive store has not been updated, no recovery records will be written for emails in this archive store. This bug was fixed with version 24.2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Microsoft Exchange 2013 Support '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Support for Microsoft Exchange 2013 has been removed from MailStore in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 23.2.0, MailStore SPE instances support multi-factor authentication for users with integrated authentication. To support multi-factor authentication an update of the Outlook Add-in is required.&lt;br /&gt;
*; The Outlook Add-In 23.2.0 is not backward compatible with older MailStore SPE versions. When updating, MailStore SPE should be updated first and then the Outlook Add-in.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Scheduled Tasks, Management API, IMAP Access '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; When multi-factor authentication is enabled for a user and that user wants to schedule client-side archiving profiles, access the Management API or access the IMAP server, an app password has to be used instead of the regular password.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* When using the E-mail Archive client to connect to an SPE instance, the given username must not contain any upper case letters otherwise an error message will appear. This issue has been resolved in version 23.3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2008 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Management API '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Administrators have to use an API password to use the Management API when MFA is enabled for them. That API password can be generated in the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices_for_MailStore_SPE_to_version_25.1_or_newer&amp;diff=2126</id>
		<title>Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices_for_MailStore_SPE_to_version_25.1_or_newer&amp;diff=2126"/>
		<updated>2024-12-04T09:34:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Update from version 24.x */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With version 25.1, MailStore is, for the first time, not fully backwards compatible with all older versions. In order to be independent of outdated Microsoft C++ runtime libraries, support for Firebird 3 and 2.5 had to be removed. An update to version 25.1 therefore requires that all internal archive stores have previously been updated to Firebird 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Instance_Management#Archive_Stores|Archive stores]] created with version 23.4 or a previous version use Firebird 3 or Firebird 2.5 as the database system. Firebird 4 was introduced with MailStore 24.2. Newly created archive stores have since been automatically created with Firebird 4 databases. Older archive stores must be updated manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All other [[Update_Notices|update notices for MailStore SPE can be found here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= About databases in MailStore =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore SPE uses Firebird Embedded as a database system for the configuration and metadata of the archived emails. The configuration is stored in the so-called master database, the email metadata is stored in the archive store databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new Firebird version is supported in MailStore, the master database is automatically updated when the new version is started for the first time. This database can be updated in a reasonable amount of time without affecting operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The archive store databases are not updated automatically. Since this process can be lengthy and thus affect operation, the administrator must start it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to be able to perform these database updates, MailStore must support both the old and the new Firebird version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firebird's dependencies on C++ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 4 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2015-2022.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 3 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2013.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 2.5 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2010.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of these runtime libraries were automatically installed with MailStore SPE up to version 24.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft has discontinued support for the C++ runtime libraries of versions 2013 and 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changes in MailStore SPE 25.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This MailStore version, as well as all newer versions, is no longer able to load or update old databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the instance host service starts and loading instances' databases fails, a corresponding error message is stored in the Windows Application event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client tries to connect to a MailStore SPE instance that is trying to load an incompatible database, the client displays an error message that the database format is unsupported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= What to do next? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the initial situation, different steps are necessary to become independent of Firebird 3 and 2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update from version 24.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are currently using MailStore SPE 24.2 to 24.4, you must have updated the archive stores of all instances to Firebird 4 before being able to update to MailStore SPE 25.1 or newer. The dashboard in the Management Console and the [[Instance_Management#Archive_Stores|archive stores page]] will inform you whether this step is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ms_spe_dashboard_archive_store_needs_upgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ms_spe_archive_store_needs_upgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that no archive store has the status ''Disabled''. MailStore cannot determine whether these archive stores need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the status of disabled archive stores to ''write protected''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Detached archive stores are not listed in the list of archive stores. Therefore attach detached archive stores and set them to ''write protected'' status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a hint is displayed that an upgrade is required, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Instance_Management#Upgrade_All_Stores|Update all archive stores]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Create another [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download and install the current MailStore SPE version [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for the current version up to version 24.2 and follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update from version 23.x and older ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have previously used MailStore SPE 23.4 or older, you must perform an '''intermediate update''' before updating to the latest version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A direct update to the latest version is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a [[Backup and Restore|data backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download MailStore SPE 24.4 [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads from here].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for version 24.2 (!) and follow the instructions. You can ignore the known problems in this version because you are installing version 24.4, in which these problems have already been resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Install version 24.4 of MailStore SPE.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that no archive store has the status ''Disabled''. MailStore cannot determine whether these archive stores need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Right-click on the disabled archive stores and change the status to ''write protected''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Detached archive stores are not listed in the list of archive stores. Therefore attach detached archive stores and set them to ''write protected'' status.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Instance_Management#Upgrade_All_Stores|Update all archive stores]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Create another [[Backup and Restore|data backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the latest MailStore SPE version [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for the current version up to version 24.2 and follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the latest version of MailStore SPE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Updating individual instances ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have instances or [[Instance_Management#Store_Commands|archive stores detached]] or archives stores [[Instance_Management#Store_Commands|disabled]] because you do not need permanent access to their contents, their databases must also be updated to Firebird 4 in order to be able to load them into current MailStore SPE versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your MailStore SPE installation is already on version 25.1 or newer, you cannot use this installation to update the instances and archive store databases. You need a second system on which you can perform the interim update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact support in case you need to upgrade individual instances on a second installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Backups that contain Firebird 3 or Firebird 2.5 databases cannot be read by MailStore 25.1 and newer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you restore such a backup, you must load it once with MailStore SPE 24.4 and update all archive store databases. The backup will then also be compatible with the current MailStore version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact support in case you need to restore a backup on a second installation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices_for_MailStore_SPE_to_version_25.1_or_newer&amp;diff=2125</id>
		<title>Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices_for_MailStore_SPE_to_version_25.1_or_newer&amp;diff=2125"/>
		<updated>2024-12-04T09:32:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With version 25.1, MailStore is, for the first time, not fully backwards compatible with all older versions. In order to be independent of outdated Microsoft C++ runtime libraries, support for Firebird 3 and 2.5 had to be removed. An update to version 25.1 therefore requires that all internal archive stores have previously been updated to Firebird 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Instance_Management#Archive_Stores|Archive stores]] created with version 23.4 or a previous version use Firebird 3 or Firebird 2.5 as the database system. Firebird 4 was introduced with MailStore 24.2. Newly created archive stores have since been automatically created with Firebird 4 databases. Older archive stores must be updated manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All other [[Update_Notices|update notices for MailStore SPE can be found here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= About databases in MailStore =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore SPE uses Firebird Embedded as a database system for the configuration and metadata of the archived emails. The configuration is stored in the so-called master database, the email metadata is stored in the archive store databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a new Firebird version is supported in MailStore, the master database is automatically updated when the new version is started for the first time. This database can be updated in a reasonable amount of time without affecting operation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The archive store databases are not updated automatically. Since this process can be lengthy and thus affect operation, the administrator must start it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to be able to perform these database updates, MailStore must support both the old and the new Firebird version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Firebird's dependencies on C++ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 4 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2015-2022.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 3 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2013.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Firebird 2.5 has dependencies on Microsoft's C++ runtime library 2010.&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of these runtime libraries were automatically installed with MailStore SPE up to version 24.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft has discontinued support for the C++ runtime libraries of versions 2013 and 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changes in MailStore SPE 25.1 =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This MailStore version, as well as all newer versions, is no longer able to load or update old databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the instance host service starts and loading instances' databases fails, a corresponding error message is stored in the Windows Application event log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client tries to connect to a MailStore SPE instance that is trying to load an incompatible database, the client displays an error message that the database format is unsupported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= What to do next? =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the initial situation, different steps are necessary to become independent of Firebird 3 and 2.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update from version 24.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are currently using MailStore SPE 24.2 to 24.4, you must have updated the archive stores of all instances to Firebird 4. The dashboard in the Management Console and the [[Instance_Management#Archive_Stores|archive stores page]] will inform you whether this step is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ms_spe_dashboard_archive_store_needs_upgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ms_spe_archive_store_needs_upgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that no archive store has the status ''Disabled''. MailStore cannot determine whether these archive stores need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the status of disabled archive stores to ''write protected''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Detached archive stores are not listed in the list of archive stores. Therefore attach detached archive stores and set them to ''write protected'' status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a hint is displayed that an upgrade is required, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Instance_Management#Upgrade_All_Stores|Update all archive stores]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Create another [[Backup_and_Restore|backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download and install the current MailStore SPE version [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for the current version up to version 24.2 and follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update from version 23.x and older ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have previously used MailStore SPE 23.4 or older, you must perform an '''intermediate update''' before updating to the latest version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A direct update to the latest version is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a [[Backup and Restore|data backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download MailStore SPE 24.4 [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads from here].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for version 24.2 (!) and follow the instructions. You can ignore the known problems in this version because you are installing version 24.4, in which these problems have already been resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Install version 24.4 of MailStore SPE.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that no archive store has the status ''Disabled''. MailStore cannot determine whether these archive stores need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
* Right-click on the disabled archive stores and change the status to ''write protected''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Detached archive stores are not listed in the list of archive stores. Therefore attach detached archive stores and set them to ''write protected'' status.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Instance_Management#Upgrade_All_Stores|Update all archive stores]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Create another [[Backup and Restore|data backup]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the latest MailStore SPE version [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads].&lt;br /&gt;
* Read the [[Update Notices]] for the current version up to version 24.2 and follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the latest version of MailStore SPE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Updating individual instances ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have instances or [[Instance_Management#Store_Commands|archive stores detached]] or archives stores [[Instance_Management#Store_Commands|disabled]] because you do not need permanent access to their contents, their databases must also be updated to Firebird 4 in order to be able to load them into current MailStore SPE versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your MailStore SPE installation is already on version 25.1 or newer, you cannot use this installation to update the instances and archive store databases. You need a second system on which you can perform the interim update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact support in case you need to upgrade individual instances on a second installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Restoring a backup ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Backups that contain Firebird 3 or Firebird 2.5 databases cannot be read by MailStore 25.1 and newer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you restore such a backup, you must load it once with MailStore SPE 24.4 and update all archive store databases. The backup will then also be compatible with the current MailStore version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact support in case you need to restore a backup on a second installation.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2123</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2123"/>
		<updated>2024-12-03T13:47:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Upgrading to 25.1.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version.&lt;br /&gt;
* Installations with version 23.4 or older must first be updated to version 24.4 and all archive stores must be updated to Firebird 4. You can then update to the latest version. Please also read the [[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]].&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating the E-Mail Archive Client installations and/or the E-Mail Archive Outlook Add-In installations is only necessary if this is specifically stated in the version-specific notes.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 25.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Only installations with versions 24.2.0 to 24.4.0 can be updated directly.&lt;br /&gt;
All archive stores of all instances must have been updated to Firebird 4 databases.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are updating from a MailStore SPE version prior to 24.2.0, please also note the [[Update Notices for MailStore SPE to version 25.1 or newer]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older versions of MailStore SPE can be downloaded [https://my.mailstore.com/downloads here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If you are upgrading from MailStore SPE 24.2.0 or later, the archive stores must have been upgraded. Before installing the latest version, check and upgrade the archive stores:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in the [[Management_Console_-_Logging_On|Management Console]] as MailStore SPE administrator (admin).&lt;br /&gt;
** Check the [[Management_Console_-_General|dashboard]] messages and verify that no archive store needs to be updated.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[File:Ms_spe_dashboard_archive_store_needs_upgrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
** In case there are stores to be upgraded, [[Instance_Management#Upgrade_All_Stores|upgrade all archive stores]] of all instances.&lt;br /&gt;
** Once all stores have been succesfully upgraded, install the latest version of MailStore SPE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been updated, you must not update to version 25.1.0.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In order to enable the Manifest generation for the Outlook App, the [[Branding |branding]] needs to be adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Saved searches containing search criteria that can be interpreted as [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives search for alternatives] will return different search results than before the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retention policies do not support [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives searches for alternatives]. In case existing retention policies contain search criteria that can be interpreted as searches for alternatives, those have to be changed for retention policies to being able to be processed, again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no notes for this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are upgrading from a MailStore version before 24.2.0, please also note the instructions for upgrading to version 24.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If you upgrade from MailStore 24.2.0, the archive stores need to be upgraded. To do this, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The master database is upgraded to Firebird 4 during the first start of an instance. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For the update to Firebird 4 the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* As long as an internal, Firebird-based archive store has not been updated, no recovery records will be written for emails in this archive store. This bug was fixed with version 24.2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Microsoft Exchange 2013 Support '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Support for Microsoft Exchange 2013 has been removed from MailStore in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 23.2.0, MailStore SPE instances support multi-factor authentication for users with integrated authentication. To support multi-factor authentication an update of the Outlook Add-in is required.&lt;br /&gt;
*; The Outlook Add-In 23.2.0 is not backward compatible with older MailStore SPE versions. When updating, MailStore SPE should be updated first and then the Outlook Add-in.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Scheduled Tasks, Management API, IMAP Access '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; When multi-factor authentication is enabled for a user and that user wants to schedule client-side archiving profiles, access the Management API or access the IMAP server, an app password has to be used instead of the regular password.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* When using the E-mail Archive client to connect to an SPE instance, the given username must not contain any upper case letters otherwise an error message will appear. This issue has been resolved in version 23.3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2008 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Management API '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Administrators have to use an API password to use the Management API when MFA is enabled for them. That API password can be generated in the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_to_MailStore_SPE_Migration&amp;diff=2122</id>
		<title>MailStore Server to MailStore SPE Migration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_Server_to_MailStore_SPE_Migration&amp;diff=2122"/>
		<updated>2024-12-03T13:35:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to turn a MailStore Server installation into a MailStore SPE Instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the two products use a slightly different format of the master database (''MailStoreMaster.fdb''), which contains the configuration, it is not possible to move the entire ''MailArchive'' directory of MailStore Server onto a MailStore SPE Instance Host. However, it is possible to transfer all archive stores, which contain the actual messages, by following these simple steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' The MailStore Server archive stores must be on Firebird 4 or higher. If this is not the case, the entire archive (MasterDatabase and Archive Stores) must be loaded once into a MailStore Server 24.4 before it can be migrated to the SPE. All archive stores must be manually upgraded to the latest version, because then some necessary database upgrades will be performed. The MailStore SPE version must be equal or higher than the MailStore Server version where the archive stores were attached to last. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If the customer does not want to share the product key to decrypt the archive store with the service provider, the recovery key can be set to a generated value before migrating.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* First [[Creating_Instances| create a new MailStore SPE Instance]]. The instance must not be started yet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Stop all archiving profiles in MailStore Server, either by setting the execution mode to ''manual'', by disabling all ''Jobs'' or by disabling all scheduled tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.help.mailstore.com/MailStore_Server_Service_Configuration Stop the MailStore Server] service.&lt;br /&gt;
* Copy all archive store directories from MailStore Server into the instance's ''Data'' directory. Do not transfer the ''MailStoreMaster.fdb'', the ''MailStoreMaster.key'' and ''MailStore.xml'' files. Make sure, there is no remaining ''.lock'' file in any  of the archive store directories. If there is, the MailStore Server service has not been stopped completely yet. When there are identical folder names, do not merge them, but give them unique names instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' After this step, do not run any of the archiving profiles in MailStore Server again, otherwise you might risk that  emails are not getting archived by the MailStore SPE Instance (i.e. when a profile contains automatic deletion rules).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the MailStore SPE Instance.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Instance_Management#Attach_Existing_Archive_Store|Attach the archive stores]] that were previously transferred to the newly created instance. In case the archive store is migrated from MailStore Server 10 or newer the recovery key (product key or generated value) of the source MailStore Server installation is required. You have to use the ''UnlockStore'' command in the ''DEVELOPER'' &amp;gt; ''Management API'' window of the Management Console as described [[Instance_Management#Unlock_Archive_Stores|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the state of one archive store to ''Current''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Steps ==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the previous configuration of MailStore Server, the following tasks are to be done to configure the MailStore SPE Instance accordingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create users, either manually or by synchronizing with a directory service.&lt;br /&gt;
* Configure compliance settings.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create archiving profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify the rest of the configuration, such as search index configuration, export profiles, permissions, etc.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_24.4&amp;diff=2101</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 24.4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_24.4&amp;diff=2101"/>
		<updated>2024-10-10T13:57:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 24.4 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 24.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 24.4]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=End_User_Access&amp;diff=2100</id>
		<title>End User Access</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=End_User_Access&amp;diff=2100"/>
		<updated>2024-10-08T14:54:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logon process for customers to administrate their MailStore Instance or to access their archives varies slightly from the logon process of an on-premises MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Find detailed information about logging in with E-mail Archive Client and  E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook below. Additionally find information about how to log on to Web Access using a web browser or the integrated IMAP server using any IMAP capable email client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As both applications are identical to [[msserver:Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software|MailStore Client]] and [[msserver:Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_Microsoft_Outlook_integration|MailStore Outlook Add-in]], their &amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[msserver:System_Requirements|system requirements]]&amp;lt;span&amp;gt; can be found in the MailStore Server help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== E-mail Archive Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
Customers' administrators can access their own MailStore Instance with the E-mail Archive Client by using the credentials received from their service provider. End users can use the same client to archive or export email or to access their archived email. Follow the instructions below for logging on with E-mail Archive Client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the E-mail Archive Client by using the link ''E-mail Archive'' on the desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the preferred language from the ''Language'' drop down list and enter the URL to connect to in the ''Server Name'' field. The URL must be in the format &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;[[wikipedia:FQDN|fqdn]]_of_cas&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;instance_id_or_alias&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Ms_spe_access_client_01.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Hint:''' The language and server name can be saved to skip this step in the future by activating the ''Always connect to this server'' option. To change the settings again, start E-mail Archive Client while keeping the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;SHIFT&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;-key pressed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Connect'' to connect.&lt;br /&gt;
* The E-mail Archive Client will update itself to become compatible with the provider's version of MailStore Service Provider Edition if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter your username.&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Ms_spe_access_client_02.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
* The MailStore Instance now determines how the user is to be authenticated.&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instance is able to verify the user's credentials itself, the password dialog appears. Enter the password into the ''Password'' field and click on ''Log in''&lt;br /&gt;
*:[[File:Ms_spe_access_client_03.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
** If the user has been synchronized from Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace, the default web browser will be opened to allow authentication through Microsoft's or Google's authentication service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Microsoft Outlook.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook is not pre-configured, you will be asked to log in to your MailStore Instance as soon as you click any button of  the E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook. &lt;br /&gt;
* Enter the URL to connect to in the ''Server Name'' field. The URL must be in the format &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;[[wikipedia:FQDN|fqdn]]_of_cas&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;instance_id_or_alias&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Click ''Connect'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter your username in the ''User Name'' field and click ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
* The MailStore Instance now determines how the user is to be authenticated.&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instance is able to verify the user's credentials itself, the password dialog appears. Enter the password into the ''Password'' field and click on ''Log in''&lt;br /&gt;
** If the user has been synchronized from Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace, the default web browser will be opened to allow authentication through Microsoft's or Google's authentication service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Web Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
End users can access their archived email easily via any [[System Requirements|supported web browser]], by following the instructions below.&lt;br /&gt;
Mobile devices are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open a web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to Web Access. The URL is &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;https://&amp;lt;[[wikipedia:FQDN|fqdn]]_of_cas&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;instance_id_or_alias&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enter your username in the ''User Name'' field and click ''Next'' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
* The MailStore Instance now determines how the user is to be authenticated.&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instance is able to verify the user's credentials itself, the password dialog as shown below appears. Enter the password into the ''Password'' field and click on ''Log in''&lt;br /&gt;
** If the user has been synchronized from Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace, the web browser will be redirected to allow authentication through Microsoft's or Google's authentication service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outlook App ==&lt;br /&gt;
End users can access their archived email easily via a [[msserver:Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_Microsoft_Outlook_App_integration#Prerequisites_for_using_the_Outlook_App_integration|supported Outlook]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The MailStore Outlook app can be accessed via the app store integrated in Outlook.&lt;br /&gt;
* The MailStore Outlook app can be pinned to the Outlook sidebar for quick access.&lt;br /&gt;
* The user name of the user currently logged in to Outlook is automatically determined and entered in the corresponding field. If you want to log in to the archive with a different user, change the name.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on ''Next''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MailStore SPE now determines how the user is to be authenticated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If MailStore SPE  is able to verify the user's credentials itself, the password dialog appears. Enter the password into the ''Password'' field and click on ''Log in''.&lt;br /&gt;
* If [[msserver:Multi-factor_Authentication|Multi-factor Authentication]] has been enabled, and the current device is not trusted, the user has to enter an MFA code.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the user authenticates against Microsoft&amp;amp;nbsp;365, Google Workspace or Active Directory Federation Services (AD&amp;amp;nbsp;FS), a new browser window or tab will be opened to allow authentication through Microsoft's, Google's or the AD&amp;amp;nbsp;FS's authentication service. After authenticating successfully, the window or tab can be closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IMAP Client ==&lt;br /&gt;
Archived emails can be accessed via an integrated IMAP server with any IMAP capable email client using the following settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When using Microsoft or Google to authenticate users at login, accessing the archive via IMAP is not possible for technical reasons.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Incoming Mail Server''' - Host name or IP address of a Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Port''' - For STARTTLS-encrypted connections (explicit TLS) standard IMAP port 143 is used. For implicit TLS encrypted connections standard IMAP port 993 is used. Login over unencrypted connections is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''User Name''' - Name of the MailStore user prepended by his instance id or alias &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;&amp;lt;instance_id_or_alias&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, e.g. &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;jdcorp/jon.doe&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Password''' - Password which is required for accessing the MailStore instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Please note:''' In addition to configuring the incoming mail server, email clients often require configuring the outgoing mail server as well. In this case, using the same data as for an existing email account will facilitate further processing emails from the email archive.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=2099</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=2099"/>
		<updated>2024-10-08T14:09:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Downloads */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:MailStore Service Provider Edition Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Service providers receive an unlimited, scalable software solution with MailStore Service Provider Edition, which they will be able to independently operate either on their existing IT infrastructures or those they have leased. This help website has an exclusive focus on installing and setting up the backend of the MailStore Service Provider Edition. The ''Getting Started'' section takes service providers through the essential setup and configuration steps and ends with a few important yet optional post-installation tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Started ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following provides a walk-though of the essential steps to get the MailStore Service Provider Edition up and running, including the creation of  instances, management of users, and the archiving of email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Before You Start ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 200px&amp;quot; | [[Overview]] &lt;br /&gt;
| Familiarize with the architecture of the MailStore Service Provider Edition. The overview also shows the most common and realizable scenarios. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
|  Before installing MailStore Service Provider Edition, ensure that the system requirements are met. A requirements calculator helps to determine the needs dependent on the number of users, instances, archiving strategy, and the intended retention period of archived email.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Checking the FAQ might help to identify potential pitfalls or show stoppers early in the implementation process.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation and Setup ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 200px&amp;quot; | [[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition|Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Irrespective of the projected scenario, it all begins with the installation of the software itself.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Single Server Mode Setup|Initial Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Starting with Single Server Mode is generally a good starting point. Roles can be added or moved to other servers as more and more instances are added to the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode|Firewall Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| To access the MailStore Service Provider Edition from remote systems, appropriate firewall rules must be set up. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using MailStore Service Provider Edition ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 200px&amp;quot; | [[Management_Console_-_Logging_On|Logging On]] &lt;br /&gt;
| The Management Console is the central web-based administrative tool for MailStore Service Provider Edition administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Creating Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Within a the MailStore Service Provider Edition, every customer gets his  own self-contained MailStore instance that runs completely isolated from those belonging to other customers. Before emails can be archived, it is necessary to create such a MailStore instance.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
| A special service provider access to running instances is available in the Management Console, making it very easy to fully manage instances for customers.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Archiving Email ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 200px&amp;quot; | [[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Get an overview of the functions available inside each individual instance, such as managing users and setting up archiving and how these relate to the on premises solution MailStore Server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Post Installation Tasks ===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This article provides information on how to access an instance as a   customer's administrator if he responsible for the administration of the instance. Also information about how end users can access archived email are found here.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 200px&amp;quot; | [[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The MailStore Service Provider Edition comes with a generic service provider branding. Learn more about how to give the MailStore Service Provider Edition a unique look representing the service providers own corporate identity.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| For security and end user convenience, it is highly recommended to replace the self-signed SSL certificates of the public facing HTTP, IMAP, and IMAPS services by certificates signed by a trusted root certificate authority. This article provides the necessary information. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
| In most scenarios, the archive is the last resort of emails. Thus it highly recommended to protect the archive, by implementing a decent backup plan, from hardware or software failure that could mean potential loss of data.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Management_Console_-_General#SMTP_Settings|SMTP Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| To receive notifications about available product updates or automatic Web Access updates, the Service Provider Edition needs to know how to deliver emails to system administrators. This article explains how to  configure the required SMTP settings. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
| This article to tries to give and overview of what services and parameters to proactively monitor with a suitable monitoring solution, in order to provide customers the best possible experience.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
| The default SSL security settings on most operating systems do not meet the current security industry standards for the sake of backward compatibility. Learn more about how to enhance the SSL settings on Windows operating systems in order to provide your customer the best available security standards.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 50%&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Management Console ==&lt;br /&gt;
The MailStore Management Console is the primary, web based administration utility for MailStore Service Provider Edition administrators. The following articles provide documentation for all available functions. Each function of the Management Console also has a corresponding [[Management API - Function Reference|Management API command]], which allows full, script-based control over MailStore Service Provider Edition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management_Console_-_Logging On|Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management_Console_-_General|General]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management_Console_-_Infrastructure|Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Security&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Management_Console_-_System_Administrators|System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Management_Console_-_Your_MFA_Settings|Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management_Console_-_Developer|Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 50%&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Management API ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Management API extends the management capabilities of the MailStore Service Provider Edition by providing a HTTP based access to all management functions. This allows to fully automate the administration of MailStore Service Provider Edition via scripts or even integration into centralized management solutions. For an even faster development, example API libraries for different scripting and programming languages are provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management API - Using the API|Using the API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management API - Function Reference|Function Reference]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management API - Command Line Client|Command Line Client]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''Example Implementation of API Libraries'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PowerShell_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|PowerShell]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Python API Wrapper Tutorial|Python]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Media:Mailstore-mgmt-api-client.zip|Linux MailStore Management API Client]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 50%&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Application Integration|Directory Service: Application Integration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mailstore.com/en/mailstore-cloud-changelog.aspx Changelog]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MailStore Server to MailStore SPE Migration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Changing_Archiving_from_Microsoft_Exchange_Server_to_Microsoft_365 Changing Archiving from Microsoft Exchange Server to Microsoft 365]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moving Roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Multi Server Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Multi Server Mode Setup|Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
** [[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode|Firewall Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Renaming Servers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moving Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Security Advisories]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Startup Scripts]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Update Notices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Working with SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://help.mailstore.com/en/gateway MailStore Gateway Help]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;vertical-align: top; width: 50%&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deployment ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Client_Deployment|Client Deployment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outlook_Add-in_Deployment|Outlook Add-in Deployment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Outlook_App_Deployment|Outlook App Deployment]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Downloads ==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Active Directory Group Policy Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Media:MailStore_ADMX.zip|ADMX-Template]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Outlook_Add-in_Deployment&amp;diff=2098</id>
		<title>Outlook Add-in Deployment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Outlook_Add-in_Deployment&amp;diff=2098"/>
		<updated>2024-10-08T14:05:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In an Active Directory domain environment, the E-Mail Archive Outlook Add-in can be deployed using group policies (GPOs).&lt;br /&gt;
The setup file for the E-Mail Archive Outlook Add-in is stored in the installation directory of MailStore SPE in a ''Setup-&amp;lt;version&amp;gt;'' subfolder. Alternatively, the setup file can be located on the start page of the Client Access Server when accessed without an instance id, e.g. ''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://cas.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ADMX files to configure the Add-in can be found [https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/images/a/a0/MailStore_ADMX.zip here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With setup and template file the deployment can be done by following &lt;br /&gt;
[https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/MailStore_Outlook_Add-in_Deployment this article].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Outlook_Add-in_Deployment&amp;diff=2097</id>
		<title>Outlook Add-in Deployment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Outlook_Add-in_Deployment&amp;diff=2097"/>
		<updated>2024-10-08T14:05:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In an Active Directory domain environment, the E-Mail Archive Outlook Add-in can be deployed using group policies (GPOs).&lt;br /&gt;
The setup file for the E-Mail Archive Outlook Add-in is stored in the installation directory of MailStore SPE in a ''Setup-&amp;lt;version&amp;gt;'' subfolder. Alternatively, the setup file can be located on the start page of the Client Access Server when accessed without an instance id, e.g. ''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://cas.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ADMX files to configure the Add-in can be found [https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/images/a/a0/MailStore_ADMX.zip here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With setup and template file the deployment can be done by following &lt;br /&gt;
[https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/MailStore_Outlook_Add-in_Deployment this article]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Client_Deployment&amp;diff=2096</id>
		<title>Client Deployment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Client_Deployment&amp;diff=2096"/>
		<updated>2024-10-08T14:02:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In an Active Directory domain environment, the E-Mail Archive Client can be deployed using group policies (GPOs).&lt;br /&gt;
The setup file for the E-Mail Archive Client is stored in the installation directory of MailStore SPE in a ''Setup-&amp;lt;version&amp;gt;'' subfolder. Alternatively, the setup file can be located on the start page of the Client Access Server when accessed without an instance id, e.g. ''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://cas.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ADMX files to configure the client can be found [https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/images/a/a0/MailStore_ADMX.zip here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With setup and template file the deployment can be done by following &lt;br /&gt;
[https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/MailStore_Client_Deployment this article].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Branding&amp;diff=2095</id>
		<title>Branding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Branding&amp;diff=2095"/>
		<updated>2024-10-08T13:58:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Client Branding */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of MailStore Client, MailStore Web Access, and MailStore Outlook Add-in can be customized easily to match your corporate design. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modify and Activate Branding ==&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the instructions below to apply your own branding:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Windows Explorer on the Management Server.&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to the ''config'' subdirectory of the MailStore Service Provider Edition installation. (Default: &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;%PROGRAMFILES%\MailStore Infrastructure\config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new folder named &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Branding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Store all files necessary for branding in this newly created folder. Find further details about the branding parameters in [[#Client Branding|Client Branding]] and [[#Web Branding|Web Branding]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
*: '''Important notices:''' The dimensions of the images must remain unchanged and no syntax errors must be made when editing JSON files. If necessary, test the JSON files at http://jsonlint.com/. Sample files can be found in the ‘Branding.sample’ folder located in the ''config'' subdirectory. The ''about.html'' file needs to have an UTF-8 BOM (byte order mark) or else it cannot be loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ''title'' of the ''index.html'' page must be configured in ''index.html''. That page is shown when the Client Access Server (CAS) is accessed without any instance ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Management Console - Logging On#Logging On|Log on]] to the Management Console, if not already logged on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate to ''Navigation &amp;gt; Developer &amp;gt; Management API'' and select ''ReloadBranding'' from the drop down menu then press ''Invoke'' to activate the new branding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of the Client and Outlook Add-in cannot be branded as they are an integral part of the digitally signed installer packages (e.g. program icons) or are used at an early stage, where no branding information is available yet, like the ''Connect to E-mail Archive dialog''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the limited supported parameters allow to quickly create a decent branding without having to deal with CSS at all, not all color schemes are suitable to be used. Thus, a general recommendation is to use darker colors for backgrounds as certain non-brandable text color are white.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Client Branding ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following table provides information about the fields available for MailStore Client branding stored in &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;ClientBranding.json&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;. Required values for the MailStore Outlook App also need to be configured in this file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=250px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;clientName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of the client application, e.g. &amp;quot;YOURCOMPANY - EMAIL ARCHIVE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;helpUrl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| URL to be opened when clicking on help in client.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;loginHeaderImage_410x81_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Header image for login dialog. Required dimension: width: 410px; height: 81px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;headerBackgroundColor&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Background color of header and hover color of buttons, e.g. &amp;quot;#126d9c&amp;quot;.  Darker colors are recommended as some texts are using a non-brandable white color.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;headerLeftImage_autox95_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Left header image. Required dimension: width: auto; height: 95px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;headerRightImage_autox95_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Right header image. Required dimension: width: auto; height: 95px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;about_html&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HTML file containing the about site.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;watermarkImage_300x150_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Watermark image. Required dimension: width: 300px; height: 150px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;gatewayName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Custom name that the MailStore Gateway archiving profile is listed under.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;appPublisherName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of the Outlook App publisher, e.g. &amp;quot;YOURCOMPANY&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;appPrivacyUrl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Privacy URL of the Outlook App publisher, must be https, e.g. &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://yourexamplecompany.com/privacy&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;appTermsOfUseUrl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Terms of use URL of the Outlook App publisher, must be https, e.g. &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://yourexamplecompany.com/termsofuse&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;appColorImage_192x192_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlook App color image. Required dimension: width: 192px; height: 192px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;appOutlineImage_32x32_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Outlook App outline image. Required dimension: width: 32px; height: 32px&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' In order for the Outlook App to be uploaded to the Outlook app store, all URLs including the Help URL must begin with ''https''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Web Branding ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following table provides information about the fields available for MailStore Web Access and MailStore Outlook Add-in branding stored in &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;WebBranding.json&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=250px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;webName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of the web application, e.g. &amp;quot;YOURCOMPANY - EMAIL ARCHIVE WEB ACCESS&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;webAbout_html&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HTML file containing the about site.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;webRoot_html&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| HTML file to be used when no in instance was given in the URL.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;webHelpUrl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| URL to be opened when clicking on help in web access.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;webLoginHeaderImage_410x81_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Header image for login dialog. Required dimension: width: 410px; height: 81px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;webHeaderBackgroundColor&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Background color of header and hover color of buttons, e.g. &amp;quot;#126d9c&amp;quot;. Darker colors are recommended as some texts are using a non-brandable white color.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;webHeaderBackgroundImage_autox36_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Header header image. Required dimension: width: auto; height: 36px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;outlookAddinName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of the Outlook Add-in, e.g. &amp;quot;YOURCOMPANY - EMAIL ARCHIVE ADD-IN&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;outlookAddinHelpUrl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| URL to be opened when clicking on help in Outlook Add-in.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;watermarkImage_300x150_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Watermark image.  Required dimension: width: 300px; height: 150px&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;favicon_ico&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Favicon in 16x16, 32x32, 64x64 pixel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;favicon_png&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Favicon in 196x196 pixel in PNG format.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;highlightColor&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Color used for section titles, buttons and other controls, e.g. &amp;quot;#6aabce&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_24.3&amp;diff=2080</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 24.3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_24.3&amp;diff=2080"/>
		<updated>2024-07-03T11:22:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 24.3 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 24.3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 24.3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2079</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2079"/>
		<updated>2024-06-28T13:48:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Upgrading to 24.3.0 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Saved searches containing search criteria that can be interpreted as [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives search for alternatives] will return different search results than before the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retention policies do not support [https://help.mailstore.com/en/server/Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives searches for alternatives]. In case existing retention policies contain search criteria that can be interpreted as searches for alternatives, those have to be changed for retention policies to being able to be processed, again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no notes for this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are upgrading from a MailStore version before 24.2.0, please also note the instructions for upgrading to version 24.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If you upgrade from MailStore 24.2.0, the archive stores need to be upgraded. To do this, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The master database is upgraded to Firebird 4 during the first start of an instance. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For the update to Firebird 4 the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* As long as an internal, Firebird-based archive store has not been updated, no recovery records will be written for emails in this archive store. This bug was fixed with version 24.2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Microsoft Exchange 2013 Support '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Support for Microsoft Exchange 2013 has been removed from MailStore in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 23.2.0, MailStore SPE instances support multi-factor authentication for users with integrated authentication. To support multi-factor authentication an update of the Outlook Add-in is required.&lt;br /&gt;
*; The Outlook Add-In 23.2.0 is not backward compatible with older MailStore SPE versions. When updating, MailStore SPE should be updated first and then the Outlook Add-in.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Scheduled Tasks, Management API, IMAP Access '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; When multi-factor authentication is enabled for a user and that user wants to schedule client-side archiving profiles, access the Management API or access the IMAP server, an app password has to be used instead of the regular password.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* When using the E-mail Archive client to connect to an SPE instance, the given username must not contain any upper case letters otherwise an error message will appear. This issue has been resolved in version 23.3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2008 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Management API '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Administrators have to use an API password to use the Management API when MFA is enabled for them. That API password can be generated in the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2078</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2078"/>
		<updated>2024-06-28T13:45:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Saved searches containing search criteria that can be interpreted as [[Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives|search for alternatives]] will return different search results than before the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retention policies do not support [[Accessing_the_Archive_with_the_MailStore_Client_software#Searching_for_Alternatives|searches for alternatives]]. In case existing retention policies contain search criteria that can be interpreted as searches for alternatives, those have to be changed for retention policies to being able to be processed, again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no notes for this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you are upgrading from a MailStore version before 24.2.0, please also note the instructions for upgrading to version 24.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If you upgrade from MailStore 24.2.0, the archive stores need to be upgraded. To do this, proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 24.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The master database is upgraded to Firebird 4 during the first start of an instance. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;For the update to Firebird 4 the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Click the ''Upgrade All Stores'' button to upgrade all archive stores of that instance.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
*; &lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Until all archive stores have been upgraded, retention policies are not available.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* As long as an internal, Firebird-based archive store has not been updated, no recovery records will be written for emails in this archive store. This bug was fixed with version 24.2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Microsoft Exchange 2013 Support '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Support for Microsoft Exchange 2013 has been removed from MailStore in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 23.2.0, MailStore SPE instances support multi-factor authentication for users with integrated authentication. To support multi-factor authentication an update of the Outlook Add-in is required.&lt;br /&gt;
*; The Outlook Add-In 23.2.0 is not backward compatible with older MailStore SPE versions. When updating, MailStore SPE should be updated first and then the Outlook Add-in.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Scheduled Tasks, Management API, IMAP Access '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; When multi-factor authentication is enabled for a user and that user wants to schedule client-side archiving profiles, access the Management API or access the IMAP server, an app password has to be used instead of the regular password.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* When using the E-mail Archive client to connect to an SPE instance, the given username must not contain any upper case letters otherwise an error message will appear. This issue has been resolved in version 23.3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2008 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Management API '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Administrators have to use an API password to use the Management API when MFA is enabled for them. That API password can be generated in the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_24.2&amp;diff=2071</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 24.2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_24.2&amp;diff=2071"/>
		<updated>2024-04-10T09:29:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 24.2 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 24.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 24.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Management_API_-_Function_Reference&amp;diff=2068</id>
		<title>Management API - Function Reference</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Management_API_-_Function_Reference&amp;diff=2068"/>
		<updated>2024-04-08T11:41:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* CreateUser */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- DO NOT EDIT THIS ARTICLE--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- The content is generated from get-metadata2mediawiki.py --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== AttachStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Attach existing archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Meaningful name of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;databasePath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path of the directory containing the archive store database. When it is the only given ''path'' argument, the values for ''contentPath'' and ''indexPath'' are determined automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;contentPath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store content.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;indexPath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store index files.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;requestedState&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| State of archive store after attaching.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== requestedState ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;current&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Same as Normal, but new messages will be archived in the archive store that is set to Current.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;normal&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of archives store is available to users and can be modified if the user has the appropriate permission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;writeProtected&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of write protected archive stores is available to users, but cannot be modified (e.g. delete or move messages, rename or move folders)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;disabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled archive stores are not in use, but the instance still knows about their existence. Therefore, the content is not available to users.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CompactStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Compact archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateClientAccessServer ==&lt;br /&gt;
Register new client access server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateClientOneTimeUrlForArchiveAdmin ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create URL including OTP for $archiveadmin access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceUrl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Base URL for accessing instance.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateDirectoryOnInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a directory on an Instance Host&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;path&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory to create.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateInstance ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create new MailStore instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new instance.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceID&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;alias&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;displayName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceHost&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;startMode&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;debugLogEnabled&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;imapServerConnectionLogEnabled&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;vssWriterEnabled&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;vssWriterExcludeIndexes&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Config Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Possible characters are a-z, 0-9 and a dash (-). Only lower-case letters are allowed. The first character has to be a letter. The minimum length is 3 characters, the maximum length is 32 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;startMode&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Possible values are ''automatic'', ''manual'', and ''disabled''. ''Automatic'' instances are started automatically with the Instance Host. ''Manual'' instances must be started manually. ''Disabled'' instances cannot be started at all.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateLicenseRequest ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create and return data of a license request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create and attach a new archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Meaningful name of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;databasePath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path of the directory containing the archive store database. When it is the only given ''path'' argument, the values for ''contentPath'' and ''indexPath'' are determined automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;contentPath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store content.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;indexPath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store index files.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;requestedState&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| State of archive store after attaching.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== requestedState ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;current&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Same as Normal but new messages will be archived in the archive store that is set to Current.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;normal&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of archives store is available to users and can be modified if the user has the appropriate permission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;writeProtected&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of write protected archive stores is available to users, but cannot be modified (e.g. delete or move messages, rename or move folders)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;disabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled archive stores are not in use but the instance still knows about their existence. Therefore the content is not available to users.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateSystemAdministrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Password of new SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;userName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fullName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;emailAddress&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateSystemAdministratorAPIPassword==&lt;br /&gt;
Creates and returns the API passsword of the user that executes this API command.&lt;br /&gt;
Every SPE administrator has their own API password. Any previously created API password for this administrator is overwritten and therefore invalidated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeactivateSystemAdministratorMFA ==&lt;br /&gt;
Deactivates Multi-Factor Authentication for SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteClientAccessServer ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete Client Access Server from management database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete Instance Host from management database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete one or multiple MailStore Instances&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteSystemAdministrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DetachStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Detach archive store&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== FreezeInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeze a MailStore Instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetArchiveAdminEnabled ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current state of archive admin access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetClientAccessServers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of Client Access Servers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverNameFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Server name filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;withServiceStatus&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Include service status or not.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== serverNameFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;null&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All servers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Only the given serverName. Must match exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetDirectoriesOnInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get file system directory structure from Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;path&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory to obtain subdirectories from.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetEnvironmentInfo ==&lt;br /&gt;
Return general information about SPE environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetIndexConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of attachment file types to index.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get configuration of MailStore Instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceHosts ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of Instance Hosts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverNameFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Server name filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== serverNameFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;null&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All servers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Only the given serverName. Must match exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceProcessLiveStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get live statistics from instance process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get archive statistics from instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetServiceStatus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current status of all SPE services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetStoreAutoCreateConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get automatic archive store creation settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetSystemSmtpConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current system wide SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetStores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;includeSize&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Includes size of archive store. Default: ''true''. May be slow when running on slow hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetSystemAdministrators ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of system administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
The list contains the name, the full name, the email address and the Multi-Factor Authentication status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== InitializeSystemAdministratorMFA ==&lt;br /&gt;
Initializes Multi-Factor Authentication for SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to finalize the setup of MFA on the next login at the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MaintainFileSystemDatabases ==&lt;br /&gt;
Execute maintenance task on archive store databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MergeStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Merge two archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of destination archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;sourceId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of source archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PairWithManagementServer ==&lt;br /&gt;
Pair server role with Management Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverType&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Type of server role.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of server that hosts 'serverType' role.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;port&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| TCP port on which 'serverType' role on 'serverName' accepts connections.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;thumbprint&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Thumbprint of SSL certificate used by serverType' role on 'serverName'&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== serverType ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceHost&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Pairing an Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;clientAccessServer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Pairing a Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ping ==&lt;br /&gt;
Send a keep alive packet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RebuildSelectedStoreIndexes ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rebuild search indexes of selected archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RecoverStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Recreates a broken Firebird database from recovery records. The archive store must have been upgraded to the latest version and the recovery records must not be corrupt. The archive store must be in the ''Disabled'' or ''Error'' state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;encryptionKey&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Encryption key of the archive store. Must be given, when the encryption key cannot be read from the key file of the archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;recoverDeletedMessages&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Defines whether to recover deleted messages.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the ''recoverDeletedMessages'' parameter is set to ''true'', only deleted messages that still have leftovers in the recovery records can be recovered. When an archive store has been compacted with [[#CompactStore|CompactStore]] or recovery record files have grown to their auto-compacting size of 32 MiB these leftovers could already be removed and deleted messages cannot be recovered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RecreateRecoveryRecords ==&lt;br /&gt;
Recreates broken Recovery Records of an archive store. Use [[#VerifyStore|VerifyStore]] or [[#VerifyStores|VerifyStores]] to verify the state of the Recovery Records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RefreshAllStoreStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Refresh archive store statistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ReloadBranding ==&lt;br /&gt;
Reloads the SPE branding information from the filesystem. Newly connected clients are getting the updated branding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RenameStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rename archive store&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New name of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RestartInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Restart one or multiple instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RepairStoreDatabase ==&lt;br /&gt;
Tries to resolve certain issues with archive store databases (e.g. missing database indexes).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RetryOpenStores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Retry opening stores that failed previously&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SelectAllStoreIndexesForRebuild ==&lt;br /&gt;
Select all archive store for rebuild.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetArchiveAdminEnabled ==&lt;br /&gt;
Enable or disable archive admin access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;enabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Enable or disable flag.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetClientAccessServerConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set the configuration of a Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Client Access Server configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetIndexConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set full text search index configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Full text search index configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Use GetIndexConfiguration to receive supported value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetInstanceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set configuration of MailStore Instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceID&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;alias&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;displayName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceHost&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;startMode&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;debugLogEnabled&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;vssWriterEnabled&amp;quot; : bool&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetInstanceHostConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set configuration of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance Host configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  },&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetStoreAutoCreateConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set configuration for automatic archive store creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Archive store automatic creation configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;sizeThreshold&amp;quot; : string or null,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;contentBaseDirectory&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;indexBaseDirectory&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetStorePath ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set the path to archive store data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;databasePath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path of the directory containing the archive store database. When it is the only given ''path'' argument, the values for ''contentPath'' and ''indexPath'' are determined automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;contentPath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store content.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;indexPath&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store index files.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetStoreRequestedState ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set state of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;requestedState&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| State of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== requestedState ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;current&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Same as Normal but new messages will be archived in the archive store that is set to Current.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;normal&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of archives store is available to users and can be modified if the user has the appropriate permission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;writeProtected&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of write protected archive stores is available to users, but cannot be modified (e.g. delete or move messages, rename or move folders)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;disabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled archive stores are not in use but the instance still knows about their existence. Therefore the content is not available to users.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSystemAdministratorConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set SPE system administrator configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| SPE system administrator configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;userName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fullName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;emailAddress&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSystemAdministratorPassword ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set password for SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New password for SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSystemSmtpConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set system wide SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json&lt;br /&gt;
| SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Example config object:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;hostname&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;mail.example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot;: 587,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;protocol&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;SMTP-TLS&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;ignoreSslPolicyErrors&amp;quot;: false,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;authenticationRequired&amp;quot;: true,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;username&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;password&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;userpassword&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromDisplayName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Sending User&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromEmailAddress&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;recipientSystemAdministrator&amp;quot;: [&amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;johndoe&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== StartInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start one or multiple MailStore Instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;safeMode&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Start instances in Safe Mode to perform maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== StopInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Stop one or multiple MailStore Instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TestSystemSmtpConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Test current system wide SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ThawInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Thaw one or multiple MailStore Instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== UpgradeStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Upgrade an archive store from an older version to the current format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== UpgradeStores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Upgrade all archive stores from an older version to the current format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VerifyStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Verify archive stores consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;includeIndexes&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool&lt;br /&gt;
| Defines whether to verify the search indexes as well. Default: true. May be slow when running on slow hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VerifyStores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Verify consistency of all archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;includeIndexes&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool&lt;br /&gt;
| Defines whether to verify the search indexes as well. Default: true. May be slow when running on slow hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CancelJobAsync ==&lt;br /&gt;
Cancel a running job asynchronously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be canceled.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ClearUserPrivilegesOnFolders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Removes all privileges of a user on all archive folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateJob ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new job to execute Management API commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| A meaningful name for the job. Example: ''Daily Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;action&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Management API command to execute.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;owner&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Username of the job owner; must be an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;date&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Datetime string (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss) for running the job once.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;interval&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Interval for running job.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;time&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Time for running job. Without additional parameter, this means daily execution.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfWeek&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of week to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfMonth&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of month to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required. dayOfWeek can optionally be used to define further.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetTimeZones|GetTimeZones]] to retrieve a list of all available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== interval ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 10 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;15&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 15 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;20&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 20 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;30&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 30 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every hour.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;120&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 2 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;180&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;240&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 4 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;360&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 6 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;720&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 12 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfWeek ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Sunday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Monday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Monday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Tuesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Wednesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Thursday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Friday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Friday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Saturday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfMonth ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;1 to 31&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Numeric representation of day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Last&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Last day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new archiving or exporting profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;properties&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Profile properties.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;raw&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Currently only 'true' is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== properties ====&lt;br /&gt;
To receive available profile properties create a profile of the desired type via the Email Archive client and then use the GetProfiles method to receive supported values. The properties ''id'' and ''version'' must be omitted, the password field must be filled properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateUser ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create new MailStore user. Use [[#SetUserPrivilegesOnFolder|SetUserPrivilegesOnFolder]] to grant that user privileges on the own archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of new MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;privileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fullName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Full name of user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;distinguishedName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| LDAP DN string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;authentication&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Authentication setting for user: 'integrated' or 'directoryServices'.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Password of new user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;loginPrivileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of log in privileges. If not given, all login privileges are assigned.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== privileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Management_API_User_Privileges}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== loginPrivileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Management_API_User_Login_Privileges}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteAppPasswords ==&lt;br /&gt;
Deletes all app passwords of a user, hence all non-interactive logins will fail and have to be reconfigured by the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| The user name of the user whose app passwords shall be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteEmptyFolders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Remove folders from folder tree that do not contain emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;folder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Entry point in folder tree.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteJob ==&lt;br /&gt;
Deletes a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete an archiving or exporting profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of profile.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteUser ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DisableMFA ==&lt;br /&gt;
Disables multi-factor authentication of a user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The user name of the user for whom MFA shall be disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#InitializeMFA|InitializeMFA]] enables multi-factor authentication of a user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetChildFolders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get child folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;folder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Parent folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;maxLevels&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Depth of child folders.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetComplianceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current compliance configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetCredentials ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get the list of credential objects and their details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetDirectoryServicesConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current Directory Services configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetFolderStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get folder statistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetJobResults ==&lt;br /&gt;
Retrieves list of finished job executions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fromIncluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Beginning of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;toExcluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| End of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;jobId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The job id for which to retrieve results.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interactive Management Shell Example: ''GetJobResults --fromIncluding=&amp;quot;2022-12-01T00:00:00&amp;quot; --toExcluding=&amp;quot;2023-01-01T00:00:00&amp;quot; --timeZoneId=&amp;quot;$Local&amp;quot; --jobId=1''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetTimeZones|GetTimeZones]] to retrieve a list of all available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetJobs ==&lt;br /&gt;
Retrieve list of jobs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetProfiles ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of archiving and exporting profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;raw&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Currently only 'true' is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetSmtpSettings ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetTimeZones ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get the list of available time zones and their IDs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''id'' of the output can be used as ''timeZoneId'' in [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#CreateJob|CreateJob]], [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetJobResults|GetJobResults]], [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#SetJobSchedule|SetJobSchedule]] and [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#SendStatusReport|SendStatusReport]] and as ''timeZoneID'' (with a capital ''ID'') in [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetWorkerResults|GetWorkerResults]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetUserInfo ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get detailed information about user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetUsers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetWorkerResults ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get results of profile executions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fromIncluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Beginning of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;toExcluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| End of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;profileID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Filter results by given profile ID.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| If given, must be equal to the current username. Filters results by current user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interactive Management Shell Example: ''GetWorkerResults --fromIncluding=&amp;quot;2022-01-01T00:00:00&amp;quot; --toExcluding=&amp;quot;2023-01-01T00:00:00&amp;quot; --timeZoneID=&amp;quot;$Local&amp;quot; --profileID=1 --userName=&amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetTimeZones|GetTimeZones]] to retrieve a list of all available time zones and their ids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that ''timeZoneID'' has to be written with a capital ''ID'' where all other commands with a ''timeZoneId'' are expecting ''Id''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetWorkerResultReport ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get the details of a profile execution result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number&lt;br /&gt;
| The ID of the result for which the details should be fetched.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetWorkerResults|GetWorkerResults]] command to get the IDs of results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== InitializeMFA ==&lt;br /&gt;
Initializes multi-factor authentication of a user. The user has to scan a QR code with a TOTP compatible app and has to enter an MFA code to be able to login.&lt;br /&gt;
When ''InitializeMFA'' is called when MFA is already active for a user, a new secret is generated and the user has to scan the QR code again. This also invalidates all trusted device tokens of a user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The user name of the user for whom MFA shall be initialized.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#DisableMFA|DisableMFA]] disables multi-factor authentication of a user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MoveFolder ==&lt;br /&gt;
Move folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fromFolder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Old folder name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;toFolder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New folder name.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RenameJob ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rename job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be renamed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The new job name.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RenameUser ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rename a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oldUserName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Old user name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;newUserName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New user name.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RunJobAsync ==&lt;br /&gt;
Run an existing job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| The identifier of the job to be run.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RunProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Run an existing archiving or exporting profile. Only profiles that are executed on server side can be started by this command. That are all profiles which are listed under ''E-Mail Servers'' in the E-Mail-Archive Client. Client side profiles can be started by using the ''MailStoreCmd'' and the commands ''import-execute'' and ''export-execute''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique profile ID.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RunTemporaryProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Run a temporary/non-existent profile. Only profiles that are executed on server side can be started by this command. That are all profiles which are listed under ''E-Mail Servers'' in the E-Mail-Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;properties&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Profile properties.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;raw&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Currently only 'true' is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== properties ====&lt;br /&gt;
To receive available profile properties create a profile of the desired type via MailStore Client and use the GetProfiles method to receive supported value. ''Id'' and ''Version'' attributes must not be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SendStatusReport ==&lt;br /&gt;
Send a status report to the given recipients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timespan&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Timespan that is covered by the status report.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| The id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;recipients&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of recipients that will receive the status report.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetTimeZones|GetTimeZones]] to retrieve a list of all available time zones and their ids.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Timespan ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;today&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The day when the status report is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;yesterday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The day before the status report is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;thisweek&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The week when the status report is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;lastweek&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The week before the status report is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;thismonth&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The month when the status report is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;lastmonth&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The month before the status report is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetComplianceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set compliance configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Compliance configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Use GetComplianceConfiguration to receive supported value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example settings object:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;adminEmailPreviewEnabled&amp;quot;: true,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;legalHoldEnabled&amp;quot;: false,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;logSuccessfulUserActivities&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;AdminRestored&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;ComplianceChangeSettings&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupAttach&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupCreate&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupDetach&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupRename&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupSetProperties&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupSetRequestedState&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;ProfileChangeUserName&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserAdd&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserDelete&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserRename&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserSetFolderAccess&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserSetMappings&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserUpdate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetDirectoryServicesConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set directory services configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Directory services configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Use GetDirectoryServicesConfiguration to receive supported value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetJobEnabled ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set enabled status of a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;enabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Boolean value of '''enabled''' attribute.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetJobSchedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
Modify the schedule of a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;date&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Datetime string (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss) for running the job once.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;interval&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Interval for running job.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;time&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Time for running job. Without additional parameter, this means daily execution.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfWeek&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of week to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfMonth&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of month to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required. dayOfWeek can optionally be used to define further.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetTimeZones|GetTimeZones]] to retrieve a list of all available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== interval ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 10 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;15&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 15 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;20&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 20 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;30&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 30 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every hour.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;120&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 2 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;180&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;260&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 4 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;360&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 6 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;720&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 12 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfWeek ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Sunday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Monday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Monday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Tuesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Wednesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Thursday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Friday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Friday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Saturday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfMonth ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;1 to 31&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Numeric representation of day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Last&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Last day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetProfileServerSideExecution ==&lt;br /&gt;
Disables or enables the automatic server-sided execution with its parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| The unique profile ID of the profile to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;automatic&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool&lt;br /&gt;
| Enables (true) or disables (false) the profile's server-side automation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;automaticPauseBetweenExecutions&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional) &lt;br /&gt;
| Integer value (0 - 2147483647) of seconds to pause between re-executing an automatic profile.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;automaticMaintenanceWindows&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| TimeSpan string (hh:mm-hh:mm, e.g. 22:00-04:00) for the time window where the execution should not be executed, e.g. to schedule maintenance tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command [[Management_API_-_Function_Reference#GetProfiles|GetProfiles]] to retrieve a list of all profiles and their current &amp;quot;serverSideExecution&amp;quot; section details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The command can be executed with either the argument ''automatic=false'' and no additional parameters to disable the automation, or with ''automatic=true'' and at least the ''automaticPauseBetweenExecutions'' value given. The ''automaticMaintenanceWindows'' parameter is optional. Setting an already automated profile to automatic again, will restart the profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSmtpSettings ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;settings&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json&lt;br /&gt;
| SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Example settings object:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;hostname&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;mail.example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot;: 587,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;protocol&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;SMTP-TLS&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;ignoreSslPolicyErrors&amp;quot;: false,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;authenticationRequired&amp;quot;: true,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;username&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;password&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;userpassword&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromDisplayName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Sending User&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromEmailAddress&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;recipientEmailAddresses&amp;quot;: [&amp;quot;administrator@example.com&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;user@example.com&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserAuthentication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set authentication settings of a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;authentication&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Authentication method. Either 'integrated' or 'directoryServices'.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserDistinguishedName ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set the LDAP distinguished name of a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;distinguishedName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| LDAP DN string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserEmailAddresses ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set email addresses of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;emailAddresses&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| List of email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserFullName ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set full name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fullName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Full name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserLoginPrivileges ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set login privileges of a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;loginPrivileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of login privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== loginPrivileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Management_API_User_Login_Privileges}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPassword ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set password of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Password of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPop3UserNames ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set POP3 user name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;pop3UserNames&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of POP3 user names.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPrivileges ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set privileges of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;privileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== privileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Management_API_User_Privileges}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPrivilegesOnFolder ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set privileges on folder for MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;folder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Folder name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;privileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of folder privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== privileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;none&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is denied access to the specified folder. If specified, this value has to be the only value in the list. This effectively removes all privileges on the specified folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;read&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is granted read access to the specified folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;write&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is granted write access to the specified folder. Messages can be moved within an archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;delete&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is granted delete access to the specified folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SyncUsersWithDirectoryServices ==&lt;br /&gt;
Sync users of MailStore instance with directory services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dryRun&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Simulate sync only.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TestSmtpSettings ==&lt;br /&gt;
Test current SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.4&amp;diff=2053</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 23.4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.4&amp;diff=2053"/>
		<updated>2023-12-15T14:37:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 23.4 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 23.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 23.4]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2051</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=2051"/>
		<updated>2023-11-30T08:40:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Microsoft Exchange 2013 Support '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Support for Microsoft Exchange 2013 has been removed from MailStore in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.2.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 23.2.0, MailStore SPE instances support multi-factor authentication for users with integrated authentication. To support multi-factor authentication an update of the Outlook Add-in is required.&lt;br /&gt;
*; The Outlook Add-In 23.2.0 is not backward compatible with older MailStore SPE versions. When updating, MailStore SPE should be updated first and then the Outlook Add-in.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Scheduled Tasks, Management API, IMAP Access '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; When multi-factor authentication is enabled for a user and that user wants to schedule client-side archiving profiles, access the Management API or access the IMAP server, an app password has to be used instead of the regular password.&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Python API Wrapper '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; In order to be able to use the new API commands, an update of the [[Python_API_Wrapper_Tutorial|Python API wrapper library]] is required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Known Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
* When using the E-mail Archive client to connect to an SPE instance, the given username must not contain any upper case letters otherwise an error message will appear. This issue has been resolved in version 23.3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2008 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Management API '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Administrators have to use an API password to use the Management API when MFA is enabled for them. That API password can be generated in the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.3&amp;diff=2046</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 23.3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.3&amp;diff=2046"/>
		<updated>2023-09-25T09:03:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 23.3 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 23.3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 23.3]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.2&amp;diff=2021</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 23.2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.2&amp;diff=2021"/>
		<updated>2023-06-22T11:50:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 23.2 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 23.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 23.2]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.1&amp;diff=2001</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 23.1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_23.1&amp;diff=2001"/>
		<updated>2023-03-22T14:15:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 23.1 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 23.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 23.1]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1999</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1999"/>
		<updated>2023-03-09T16:50:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 23.1.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Windows Server 2008 R2 support has been removed from MailStore in this version. For a current list of supported operating systems, please refer to [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Management API '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Administrators have to use an API password to use the Management API when MFA is enabled for them. That API password can be generated in the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=1997</id>
		<title>System Requirements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=System_Requirements&amp;diff=1997"/>
		<updated>2023-02-07T12:44:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Software Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Before beginning the installation of MailStore Service Provider Edition it needs to be ensured that all system requirements are met.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hardware ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Single Server Mode or Individual Instance Hosts ===&lt;br /&gt;
The calculator below helps to specify the hardware needs in a single server mode setup or for an individual instance host in a multi-server mode setup  subject to the number of users, instances, stored email, and the [[msserver:Choosing_the_Right_Archiving_Strategy|archiving strategy]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' To ensure the stability and performance of a single server or instance host installation, these hardware requirements must be met at all times at a minimum. For example, in a hosted virtual server environment, servers with exclusively dedicated resources should be used instead of servers that share their resources with other machines.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== System Requirements Calculator ====&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations are based on the following base values:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Volume (User/Year): 10000 &lt;br /&gt;
* Email Size: 75Kb&lt;br /&gt;
* Compression Ratio: 60%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;system_requirements /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Management Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
This information only applies to an individual Management Server in a multi-server setup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Processor'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Any x64 compatible CPU &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Main Memory'''&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 GB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Hard Disk'''&lt;br /&gt;
| 150 MB available disk space&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Network Bandwidth'''&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 MBit/s&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Client Access Server ===&lt;br /&gt;
This information only applies to an individual Client Access Server in a multi-server setup. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Processor'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Any x64 compatible CPU &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Main Memory'''&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 GB&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Hard Disk'''&lt;br /&gt;
| 150 MB available disk space&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150&amp;quot; scope=&amp;quot;row&amp;quot; | '''Network Bandwidth'''&lt;br /&gt;
| 100 MBit/s&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Software Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
The below system requirements only apply to MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components. Client applications such as the E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook have their own system requirements. As both applications are identical to MailStore Client and MailStore Outlook Add-in, their [[msserver:System Requirements|system requirements]] can be found in the MailStore Server help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Following operating systems are supported&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2012 Standard or Datacenter (Server Core Installation)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2012 Standard or Datacenter (Server with a GUI)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard or Datacenter (Server Core Installation)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard or Datacenter (Server with a GUI)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2016 Standard or Datacenter (Server Core Installation)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2016 Standard or Datacenter (Server with a GUI)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2019 Standard or Datacenter (Server without Desktop Experience)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2019 Standard or Datacenter (Server with Desktop Experience)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2022 Standard or Datacenter (Server without Desktop Experience)&lt;br /&gt;
** Windows Server 2022 Standard or Datacenter (Server with Desktop Experience)&lt;br /&gt;
* The following web browsers are supported by the Management Console:&lt;br /&gt;
** Microsoft Edge&lt;br /&gt;
** Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
** Google Chrome 18 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
** Mozilla Firefox 18 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
** Apple Safari 6 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* '''.NET Framework 4.8'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The appropriate Windows Server feature will be enabled automatically by the MailStore Service Provider Edition installer. In environments with centrally managed Windows updates, the automatic installation may not succeed. In such cases, the installation of the .NET Framework 4.8 feature must be done manually before executing the MailStore Service Provider Edition setup file.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;msnote&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Important Notice:''' On Windows Server 2008 R2 Core, the features ''NetFx2-ServerCore'' and ''NetFx2-ServerCore-WOW64'' must be installed prior to executing the setup. Otherwise, the .NET Framework 4.8 installer fails silently.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IFilter drivers''' ''(optional)''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For indexing email attachments other than TXT and HTML files, additional IFilter drivers are required. Please refer to [[Instance_Management#Search_Indexes|Search Index]] for further details about attachment indexing.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not recommended to install MailStore Service Provider Edition on servers that already provide other network services. Especially with email or web servers TCP port conflicts are likely to occur. Specifically, Microsoft's Internet Information Server (IIS) MUST NOT be installed on any server that hosts the Client Access Server role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Network Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Verify that the DNS name of the MailStore Service Provider Edition servers match their actual computer name and that all servers have a proper forward and reverse DNS resolution configured.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not intercept connections from or to MailStore Service Provider Edition servers with web or email proxies. Read [[msserver:Notes_on_Antivirus_Software|Notes on Antivirus Software]] in the MailStore Server help for further details.&lt;br /&gt;
* To guarantee a decent user experience, the available bandwidth of the network connectivity should be at least 100 MBit/s (symmetric).&lt;br /&gt;
* The Management Server Role must be able to access ''my.mailstore.com'' permanently on port 443. If a system wide proxy has been configured, it will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
* If there will be multiple Client Access Servers (CAS) and a load balancer is installed in front of these CAS, the load balancer must be configured in such a way that a user's sessions terminate on the same CAS (sticky sessions).&lt;br /&gt;
* For communication between MailStore Service Provider Edition services, access to the MailStore Management Console and end user access to instances, the following TCP ports are opened by the MailStore Service Provider Edition services and must therefore not be used by any other service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;100px&amp;quot; | Port&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; | Role&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| 143&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
| The standard IMAP port is used to provide read-only access to archived emails via IMAP protocol. The IMAP server on this port supports unencrypted as well as TLS secured connections (recommended) that have been initiated by the email client via STARTTLS command.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| 443&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
| The standard HTTPS port is used to provide SSL encrypted access to MailStore Instances via MailStore Client, MailStore Outlook Add-in, MailStore Web Access and MailStore Mobile Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| 993&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
| The standard IMAPS port is used to provide read-only access to archived emails via IMAP protocol. The IMAP server on this port support SSL/TLS encrypted connections only.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| 8470&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| Management Server&lt;br /&gt;
| This port is used to provide administrators access to the Management Console via web browser. The HTTP server on this port support SSL/TLS encrypted connections only, also known as HTTPS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| 8471&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| Management Server&lt;br /&gt;
| Instance Hosts and Client Access Servers connect to the Management Server through this port.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| 8472&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| Instance Host&lt;br /&gt;
| Client Access Servers and the Management Server connect to the Instance Hosts through this port. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| 8473&lt;br /&gt;
| align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;| Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
| Management Server connects to Client Access Servers through this port.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_22.4&amp;diff=1988</id>
		<title>MailStore SPE Help:Books/MailStore SPE 22.4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=MailStore_SPE_Help:Books/MailStore_SPE_22.4&amp;diff=1988"/>
		<updated>2022-12-12T10:27:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: Created page with &amp;quot;{{saved_book  | setting-papersize = a4  | setting-toc = auto  | setting-columns = 1 }}  == MailStore SPE 22.4 == === Documentation === ;Before You Start :Overview :Syste...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{saved_book&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-papersize = a4&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-toc = auto&lt;br /&gt;
 | setting-columns = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MailStore SPE 22.4 ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Documentation ===&lt;br /&gt;
;Before You Start&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[System Requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Installation and Setup&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Installing MailStore Service Provider Edition]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Single Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Single Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Multi Server Mode Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Firewall Configuration for Multi Server Mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Using MailStore Service Provider Edition&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Logging On]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - General]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Instance Administration]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Infrastructure]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - System Administrators]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Your MFA Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Management Console - Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Accessing Instances]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Post Installation Tasks&lt;br /&gt;
:[[End User Access]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Branding]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Replace Self-signed SSL Certificates]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Backup and Restore]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Monitoring]]&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Enhancing SSL Security]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Books|MailStore SPE 22.4]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1986</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1986"/>
		<updated>2022-12-02T09:29:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.4.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Management API '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Administrators have to use an API password to use the Management API when MFA is enabled for them. That API password can be generated in the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1947</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1947"/>
		<updated>2022-09-01T13:21:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.3.0 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* ''' Outlook Add-in '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 22.3.0, failed login attempts will slow down the login process. While this process is backwards compatible to older Outlook Add-ins, we strongly recommend updating the Outlook Add-in for the best user experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1941</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1941"/>
		<updated>2022-07-07T08:32:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Upgrading to 22.2.x */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If the framework is installed by the MailStore setup, the system might reboot without further notice.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1940</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1940"/>
		<updated>2022-06-30T12:34:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Upgrading to 22.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1939</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1939"/>
		<updated>2022-06-30T07:37:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Upgrading to 22.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''There is a known bug in version 22.2 which prevents logins via OpenID Connect. Please do not install this version if you rely on this functionality.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1938</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1938"/>
		<updated>2022-06-28T11:43:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* Upgrading to 22.2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1937</id>
		<title>Update Notices</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Update_Notices&amp;diff=1937"/>
		<updated>2022-06-28T11:41:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== General Information ==&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Before the installation, read the [https://go.mailstore.com?product=mailstore%20service%20provider%20edition&amp;amp;target=changelog&amp;amp;lang=en changelog] for information about all changes in the respective versions.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The installation process upgrades the software automatically by uninstalling any previous version first. Administrators will be asked during setup to confirm the uninstallation. The new version must be installed in the same directory as the old version. The installation directory has to be adjusted manually in case the old version has been installed in a non default directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the installation process services are automatically stopped and restarted afterwards. Running archiving profiles will be canceled and may show up as failed. Active user sessions will be terminated. Should stopping the service fail for any reason, please stop the service manually and run the installation again.&lt;br /&gt;
* In a multi server environment, upgrade the components in the following order: Management Server, Instance Host, Client Access Server&lt;br /&gt;
* After each update, check the files in the sample branding folder to identify if new settings or template variables have been introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
* Updating MailStore Client and/or MailStore Outlook Add-in installations&lt;br /&gt;
** For versions up to 13.x, this is typically required only for major version updates (e.g. 9.8 to 10). Exceptions are mentioned in the version specific notices below.&lt;br /&gt;
** For version 22.x and higher, version specific notices regarding these updates will be included if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
* The following version specific upgrade notices are cumulative. Therefore, also read the notices regarding all version numbers between yours and the one you are going to install.&lt;br /&gt;
* For versions that are not explicitly listed here, the upgrade notices for preceding versions apply accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 22.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 MailStore Service Provider Edition and its components require Microsoft .NET Framework version 4.8. Please refer to our [[System Requirements]].&lt;br /&gt;
* '''External Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Starting with version 22.2 only PostgreSQL versions 10 or newer are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 13.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Update of MailStore Client and Outlook Add-in'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Irrespective of MailStore Client's auto-update mechanism, a reinstallation of MailStore Client and the MailStore Outlook Add-in is required to make use of the following improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified validation of TLS certificates.&lt;br /&gt;
** Unified evaluation of group policies.&lt;br /&gt;
** Distinct error messages for certain certificate errors.&lt;br /&gt;
** Outlook Add-in: Due to the required changes of the login process to support modern authentication with Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, the Outlook Add-in must be updated to version 13 to be able to connect to MailStore SPE 13.x. Connecting to an older version of MailStore SPE is no longer supported after the update.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Microsoft 365 Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; A new directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' as well as new profiles for archiving and exporting emails from or to Microsoft 365 have been introduced. These support modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect) and customers of Microsoft 365 are advised to regularly check for Microsoft's announcement on the timeline for removing HTTP Basic Auth from Microsoft Exchange Web Services (EWS) and to plan the migration to the new profiles in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Microsoft disables support for HTTP Basic Auth in Exchange Web Services on Microsoft 365, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Microsoft 365 (Basic Auth)'' (formerly named ''Office 365'') and the Microsoft Exchange archiving and export profiles will stop working.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Google Workspace Support'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile has been extended with support for modern authentication (OAuth 2.0 &amp;amp; OpenID Connect). Customers of Google Workspace are advised to regularly check for Google's announcement on the timeline for removing support for less secure apps, and should plan the migration to the new setting in advance.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Once Google disables support for Less Secure Apps in Google Workspace, the existing directory service synchronization profile ''Google Workspace'' will no longer allow users to login to MailStore as long as the authentication method is still set to ''IMAP''.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''GPO Templates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; GPO templates are now bundled with the application. End customers may download the GPO templates from the default page of the Client Access Server. See the index.html file in the sample branding folder on how to integrate the corresponding link. As the Email Archive Client and Email Archive Outlook Add-in use the same registry keys as MailStore Server and MailStore Outlook Add-in, the GPO templates provided are those bundled with the original MailStore products.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''IMAP Access to Archive'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; When using either the new ''Microsoft 365 (Modern Authentication)'' or ''Google Workspace'' directory service synchronization profile, users that have been added by these profiles cannot access their archive via the integrated IMAP server as a MailStore SPE instance is not able to verify their credentials by itself. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Mobile Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The dedicated Mobile Web Access has been removed due to no longer supported third-party components (e.g. jQuery Mobile) and in favor of MailStore Web Access, which has been received major enhancements in terms of performance and usability.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Legacy Web Access'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; As parts of Legacy Web Access are representing the server-side of the Outlook Add-in, the Legacy Web Access is still present, but no longer advertised on the login screen of the Web Access.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Group Policies'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; The following group policy settings are no longer supported in MailStore 13:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Client: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired. &lt;br /&gt;
** '''MailStore Outlook Add-in: Accept Thumbprint'''&lt;br /&gt;
**; If a server name has been defined by a group policy, the certificate used by the Client Access Server must be trusted by the client computer and it must not be revoked or expired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''TLS Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To connect to Instances in environments that support TLS version 1.1 or 1.2 only via the MailStoreCmd command line util, the Email Archive Client launcher must be updated by downloading and reinstalling it either manually or through a GPO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 12 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Expired Certificates'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; Irrespective of whether the certificate's trust can be verified, no connection is established by the E-Mail Archive Client to Client Access Server's whose certificate has expired or was revoked. In such a case, the certificate on the Client Access Server must be replaced first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores'''&lt;br /&gt;
*; &amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;mswarning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Depending on the archive size this can take an excessive amount of time. On average 50.000 messages are processed per minute during the upgrade.'''&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*; Until the archive stores have been upgraded, not all functionality of the software is available. To facilitate&lt;br /&gt;
** retention policies,&lt;br /&gt;
** the search functionality,&lt;br /&gt;
** the improved recovery records,&lt;br /&gt;
*; the databases of the archive stores must be upgraded. &lt;br /&gt;
*; Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Retention Policies'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal''), or their status is ''Write-Protected'', no automatic processing of retention policies takes place. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''Disabled'' or ''Write-Protected'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely. Please notice that only end customers are allowed to manage retention policies.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Jobs'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;With the release of this version, the service provider administrator ''$archiveadmin'' is limited to manage only his own jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Access via Integrated IMAP Server'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To access the archive via the integrated IMAP server, an encrypted connection is now mandatory. If necessary, adjust the configuration of your email clients accordingly and enable TLS or STARTTLS.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SMTP Settings'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;In order to being able to select system administrators as notification recipients in the new SMTP settings, the email address needs to be configured in the properties of the corresponding system administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Management API Commands Get-/SetComplianceConfiguration'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The property ''globalRetentionTimeYears'' has been removed from the commands. Own scripts using these commands have to be adjusted accordingly. To manage retention policies, two new commands are available: ''GetRetentionPolicies'' and ''SetRetentionPolicies''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Branding'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;For the new responsive Web Access additional branding parameters were introduced. Please review your branding configuration after installing the upgrade. See [[Branding]] for the full list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to 10.1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archiving Emails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If not all attached archive stores are available (State: ''Archive here'', ''Normal'', or ''Write-Protected''), no archiving takes place. Running archiving profiles are terminated with an appropriate message. Under certain circumstances this prevents the creation of duplicate emails while archiving. Therefore verify if an archive store is set to ''disabled'' after the upgrade and change it to one of the above states or detach it completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrade of Master Database'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption of the master database it is upgraded to Firebird 3 during the first start of an instance and encrypted afterwards. This process might extend the time required for the first start of the instance by several minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Upgrading Archive Stores''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;To facilitate encryption the databases of the archive store must be upgraded. Proceed as follows to upgrade:&lt;br /&gt;
** Log in to the Management Console.&lt;br /&gt;
** Click on ''Instances''&lt;br /&gt;
** Select the instance to upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the ''Storage'' tab &lt;br /&gt;
** Right-click on an archive store and select ''Perform Upgrade'' to upgrade a single archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
** Carefully read the notices and click on ''OK'' to start the upgrade process or click on ''Cancel''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Archives of Other Users'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;These are no longer visible for instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked. Administrative functions such as deleting or renaming user archives are accessible through ''Administrative Tools &amp;gt; Users and Archives &amp;gt; Archives'' in the Email Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Export E-mails'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The previous change may also have an impact on export profiles owned by an instance administrator, in case the export scope contains archives of other users. As these are no longer visible to instance administrators if the ''Archive Access'' (formerly knows as ''E-mail Preview'') is blocked, they are not taken into account by export profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Auditing'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;All activities that are exclusively executable by instance administrators are displayed as ''Enabled (locked)'' at ''Compliance'' &amp;gt; ''Auditing''. Irrespective of the ''Disabled'' status, all activities of instance administrators, excluding ''MessageRetrieveContent'', are written into the audit log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to Version 9.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '''System Requirements''' &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Please ensure that your system configuration matches the updated system requirements. MailStore Service Provider Edition now requires .NET Framework 4.5.1. The E-mail Archive Client and E-mail Archive Add-in for Outlook now require .NET Framework 4.5.1 and Internet Explorer 8 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''E-mail Archive Client Compatibility'''&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;Due to a bug in version 8.5 of the E-mail Archive Client, it cannot update itself to version 9. Therefore re-deployment of version 9 of the E-mail Archive Client is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PDF Support of Full Text Search''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;PDF support has been removed from MailStore SPE's own indexer. Therefore it is required to either install a recent version of Adobe Reader or an appropriate IFilter driver (i.e. [https://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=5542 Adobe PDF iFilter] on the Instance Host machines.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MailStore Management API''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Management API is now listening on its own TCP port, 8474 by default. It does no longer support sessions, thus login, logout and cookie handling is no longer required nor supported. HTTP basic authentication must be used instead. Please make sure to modify your scripts accordingly. The API is not enabled by default. You have to activate it in the Management Role.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Management_API_-_Function_Reference&amp;diff=1899</id>
		<title>Management API - Function Reference</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://help.mailstore.com/en/spe/index.php?title=Management_API_-_Function_Reference&amp;diff=1899"/>
		<updated>2021-06-01T12:47:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cstelzmann: /* settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- DO NOT EDIT THIS ARTICLE--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- The content is generated from get-metadata2mediawiki.py --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== AttachStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Attach existing archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Meaningful name of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;path&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store data.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;requestedState&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| State of archive store after attaching.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== requestedState ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;current&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Same as Normal but new messages will be archived in the archive store that is set to Current.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;normal&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of archives store is available to users and can be modified if the user has the appropriate permission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;writeProtected&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of write protected archive stores is available to users, but cannot be modified (e.g. delete or move messages, rename or move folders)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;disabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled archive stores are not in use but the instance still knows about their existence. Therefore the content is not available to users.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CompactStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Compact archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateClientAccessServer ==&lt;br /&gt;
Register new client access server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateClientOneTimeUrlForArchiveAdmin ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create URL including OTP for $archiveadmin access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceUrl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Base URL for accessing instance.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateDirectoryOnInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a directory on an Instance Host&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;path&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory to create.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateInstance ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create new MailStore instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new instance.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceID&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;alias&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;displayName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceHost&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;startMode&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;debugLogEnabled&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;vssWriterEnabled&amp;quot; : bool&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateLicenseRequest ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create and return data of a license request.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create and attach a new archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Meaningful name of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;path&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory containing archive store data.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;requestedState&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| State of archive store after attaching.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== requestedState ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;current&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Same as Normal but new messages will be archived in the archive store that is set to Current.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;normal&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of archives store is available to users and can be modified if the user has the appropriate permission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;writeProtected&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of write protected archive stores is available to users, but cannot be modified (e.g. delete or move messages, rename or move folders)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;disabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled archive stores are not in use but the instance still knows about their existence. Therefore the content is not available to users.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateSystemAdministrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Configuration of new SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Password of new SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;userName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fullName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;emailAddress&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteClientAccessServer ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete Client Access Server from management database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete Instance Host from management database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete one or multiple MailStore Instances&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteSystemAdministrator ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DetachStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Detach archive store&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== FreezeInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeze a MailStore Instance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetArchiveAdminEnabled ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current state of archive admin access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetClientAccessServers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of Client Access Servers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverNameFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Server name filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;withServiceStatus&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Include service status or not.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== serverNameFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;null&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All servers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Only the given serverName. Must match exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetDirectoriesOnInstanceHost ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get file system directory structure from Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;path&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Path of directory to obtain subdirectories from.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetEnvironmentInfo ==&lt;br /&gt;
Return general information about SPE environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetIndexConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of attachment file types to index.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get configuration of MailStore Instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceHosts ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of Instance Hosts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverNameFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Server name filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== serverNameFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;null&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All servers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Only the given serverName. Must match exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceProcessLiveStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get live statistics from instance process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetInstanceStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get archive statistics from instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetServiceStatus ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current status of all SPE services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetStoreAutoCreateConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get automatic archive store creation settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetSystemSmtpConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current system wide SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetStores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetSystemAdministrators ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of system administrators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MaintainFileSystemDatabases ==&lt;br /&gt;
Execute maintenance task on archive store databases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MergeStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Merge two archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of destination archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;sourceId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of source archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PairWithManagementServer ==&lt;br /&gt;
Pair server role with Management Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverType&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Type of server role.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;serverName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Name of server that hosts 'serverType' role.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;port&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| TCP port on which 'serverType' role on 'serverName' accepts connections.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;thumbprint&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Thumbprint of SSL certificate used by serverType' role on 'serverName'&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== serverType ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceHost&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Pairing an Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;clientAccessServer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Pairing a Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ping ==&lt;br /&gt;
Send a keep alive packet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RebuildSelectedStoreIndexes ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rebuild search indexes of selected archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RecoverStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Recreates a broken Firebird database from recovery records. The archive store must have been upgraded to the latest version and the recovery records must not be corrupt. The archive store must be in the ''Disabled'' or ''Error'' state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;encryptionKey&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Encryption key of the archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RecreateRecoveryRecords ==&lt;br /&gt;
Recreates broken Recovery Records of an archive store. Use ''VerifyStore'' to verify the state of the Recovery Records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string&lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RefreshAllStoreStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Refresh archive store statistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ReloadBranding ==&lt;br /&gt;
Reloads the SPE branding information from the filesystem. Newly connected clients are getting the updated branding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RenameStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rename archive store&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New name of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RestartInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Restart one or multiple instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RepairStoreDatabase ==&lt;br /&gt;
Tries to resolve certain issues with archive store databases (e.g. missing database indexes).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RetryOpenStores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Retry opening stores that failed previously&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SelectAllStoreIndexesForRebuild ==&lt;br /&gt;
Select all archive store for rebuild.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetArchiveAdminEnabled ==&lt;br /&gt;
Enable or disable archive admin access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;enabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Enable or disable flag.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetClientAccessServerConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set the configuration of a Client Access Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Client Access Server configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetIndexConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set full text search index configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Full text search index configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Use GetIndexConfiguration to receive supported value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetInstanceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set configuration of MailStore Instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceID&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;alias&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;displayName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;instanceHost&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;startMode&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;debugLogEnabled&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;vssWriterEnabled&amp;quot; : bool&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetInstanceHostConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set configuration of Instance Host.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance Host configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;serverCertificate&amp;quot; : {&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;thumbprint&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
  },&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetStoreAutoCreateConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set configuration for automatic archive store creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Archive store automatic creation configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;enabled&amp;quot; : bool,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;interval&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;sizeThreshold&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;numberOfMessagesThreshold&amp;quot; : number,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;baseDirectory&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetStorePath ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set the path to archive store data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;path&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Path to archive store data.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetStoreRequestedState ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set state of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;requestedState&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| State of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== requestedState ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;current&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Same as Normal but new messages will be archived in the archive store that is set to Current.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;normal&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of archives store is available to users and can be modified if the user has the appropriate permission.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;writeProtected&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The content of write protected archive stores is available to users, but cannot be modified (e.g. delete or move messages, rename or move folders)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;disabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Disabled archive stores are not in use but the instance still knows about their existence. Therefore the content is not available to users.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSystemAdministratorConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set SPE system administrator configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| SPE system administrator configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;userName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fullName&amp;quot; : string,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;emailAddress&amp;quot; : string&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSystemAdministratorPassword ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set password for SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New password for SPE system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSystemSmtpConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set system wide SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json&lt;br /&gt;
| SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Example config object:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;hostname&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;mail.example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot;: 587,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;protocol&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;SMTP-TLS&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;ignoreSslPolicyErrors&amp;quot;: false,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;authenticationRequired&amp;quot;: true,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;username&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;password&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;userpassword&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromDisplayName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Sending User&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromEmailAddress&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;recipientSystemAdministrator&amp;quot;: [&amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;johndoe&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== StartInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Start one or multiple MailStore Instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;safeMode&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Start instances in Safe Mode to perform maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== StopInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Stop one or multiple MailStore Instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TestSystemSmtpConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Test current system wide SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ThawInstances ==&lt;br /&gt;
Thaw one or multiple MailStore Instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceFilter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Instance filter string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== instanceFilter ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instance01 instance02 instance03&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| instance01, instance02 and instance03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;*instancehost01 *instancehost02&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All instances on instancehost1 and instancehost2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .running&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All running instances&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;* .stopped&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| All stopped instances&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== UpgradeStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Upgrade archive store from MailStore Server 5 or older to current format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VerifyStore ==&lt;br /&gt;
Verify archive stores consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of archive store.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;includeIndexes&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool&lt;br /&gt;
| Defines whether to verify the search indexes as well.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VerifyStores ==&lt;br /&gt;
Verify consistency of all archive stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;includeIndexes&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool&lt;br /&gt;
| Defines whether to verify the search indexes as well.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CancelJobAsync ==&lt;br /&gt;
Cancel a running job asynchronously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be canceled.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ClearUserPrivilegesOnFolders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Removes all privileges of a user on all archive folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateJob ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new job to execute Management API commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| A meaningful name for the job. Example: ''Daily Backup''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;action&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Management API command to execute.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;owner&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Username of the job owner; must be an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;date&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Datetime string (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss) for running the job once.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;interval&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Interval for running job.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;time&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Time for running job. Without additional parameter, this means daily execution.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfWeek&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of week to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfMonth&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of month to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required. dayOfWeek can optionally be used to define further.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command ''GetTimeZones'' to retrieve a list of all available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== interval ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 10 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;15&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 15 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;20&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 20 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;30&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 30 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every hour.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;120&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 2 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;180&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;240&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 4 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;360&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 6 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;720&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 12 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfWeek ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Sunday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Monday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Monday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Tuesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Wednesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Thursday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Friday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Friday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Saturday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfMonth ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;1 to 31&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Numeric representation of day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Last&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Last day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new archiving or exporting profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;properties&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Profile properties.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;raw&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Currently only 'true' is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== properties ====&lt;br /&gt;
To receive available profile properties create a profile of the desired type via the Email Archive client and then use the GetProfiles method to receive supported values. The properties ''id'' and ''version'' must be omitted, the password field must be filled properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CreateUser ==&lt;br /&gt;
Create new MailStore user. Use ''SetPrivilegesOnFolder'' to grant that user privileges on the own archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of new MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;privileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fullName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Full name of user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;distinguishedName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| LDAP DN string.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;authentication&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Authentication setting for user: 'integrated' or 'directoryServices'.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Password of new user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== privileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Management_API_User_Privileges}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteEmptyFolders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Remove folders from folder tree that do not contain emails.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;folder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Entry point in folder tree.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteJob ==&lt;br /&gt;
Deletes a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete an archiving or exporting profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of profile.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DeleteUser ==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetChildFolders ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get child folders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;folder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Parent folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;maxLevels&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Depth of child folders.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetComplianceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current compliance configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetDirectoryServicesConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current Directory Services configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetFolderStatistics ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get folder statistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetJobResults ==&lt;br /&gt;
Retrieves list of finished job executions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fromIncluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Beginning of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;toExcluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| End of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;jobId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The job id for which to retrieve results.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interactive Management Shell Example: ''GetJobResults --fromIncluding=&amp;quot;2016-12-01T00:00:00&amp;quot; --toExcluding=&amp;quot;2016-12-31T23:59:59&amp;quot; --timeZoneId=&amp;quot;$Local&amp;quot; --jobId=1''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command ''GetTimeZones'' to retrieve a list of all available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetJobs ==&lt;br /&gt;
Retrieve list of jobs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetProfiles ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of archiving and exporting profiles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;raw&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Currently only 'true' is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetSmtpSettings ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get current SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetTimeZones ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetUserInfo ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get detailed information about user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetUsers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get list of users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== GetWorkerResults ==&lt;br /&gt;
Get results of profile executions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fromIncluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Beginning of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;toExcluding&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| End of time range to fetch.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;profileID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Filter results by given profile ID.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Filter results by given user name.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interactive Management Shell Example: ''GetWorkerResults --fromIncluding=&amp;quot;2016-01-01T00:00:00&amp;quot; --toExcluding=&amp;quot;2016-12-31T23:59:59&amp;quot; --timeZoneID=&amp;quot;$Local&amp;quot; --profileID=1 --userName=&amp;quot;admin&amp;quot;''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command ''GetTimeZones'' to retrieve a list of all available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MoveFolder ==&lt;br /&gt;
Move folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fromFolder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Old folder name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;toFolder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New folder name.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RenameJob ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rename job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be renamed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The new job name.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RenameUser ==&lt;br /&gt;
Rename a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oldUserName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Old user name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;newUserName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| New user name.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RunJobAsync ==&lt;br /&gt;
Run an existing job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| The identifier of the job to be run.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RunProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Run an existing archiving or exporting profile. Only profiles that are executed on server side can be started by this command. That are all profiles which are listed under ''E-Mail Servers'' in the E-Mail-Archive Client. Client side profiles can be started by using the ''MailStoreCmd'' and the commands ''import-execute'' and ''export-execute''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique profile ID.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== RunTemporaryProfile ==&lt;br /&gt;
Run a temporary/non-existent profile. Only profiles that are executed on server side can be started by this command. That are all profiles which are listed under ''E-Mail Servers'' in the E-Mail-Archive Client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;properties&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Profile properties.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;raw&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool &lt;br /&gt;
| Currently only 'true' is supported.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== properties ====&lt;br /&gt;
To receive available profile properties create a profile of the desired type via MailStore Client and use the GetProfiles method to receive supported value. ''Id'' and ''Version'' attributes must not be set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetComplianceConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set compliance configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Compliance configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Use GetComplianceConfiguration to receive supported value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example settings object:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;adminEmailPreviewEnabled&amp;quot;: true,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;legalHoldEnabled&amp;quot;: false,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;logSuccessfulUserActivities&amp;quot;: [&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;AdminRestored&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;ComplianceChangeSettings&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupAttach&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupCreate&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupDetach&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupRename&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupSetProperties&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;FileGroupSetRequestedState&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;ProfileChangeUserName&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserAdd&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserDelete&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserRename&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserSetFolderAccess&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserSetMappings&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;UserUpdate&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetDirectoryServicesConfiguration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set directory services configuration settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;config&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json &lt;br /&gt;
| Directory services configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== config ====&lt;br /&gt;
Use GetDirectoryServicesConfiguration to receive supported value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetJobEnabled ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set enabled status of a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;enabled&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Boolean value of '''enabled''' attribute.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetJobSchedule ==&lt;br /&gt;
Modify the schedule of a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;id&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number &lt;br /&gt;
| The unique identifier of the job to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;timeZoneId&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| The time zone id of the time zone the date should be converted to, e.g. $Local, which represents the time zone of the operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;date&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Datetime string (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss) for running the job once.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;interval&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| number (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Interval for running job.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;time&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Time for running job. Without additional parameter, this means daily execution.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfWeek&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of week to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dayOfMonth&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Day of month to run job. Parameter &amp;quot;time&amp;quot; also required. dayOfWeek can optionally be used to define further.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the API command ''GetTimeZones'' to retrieve a list of all available time zones.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== interval ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 5 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 10 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;15&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 15 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;20&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 20 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;30&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 30 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;60&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every hour.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;120&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 2 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;180&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;260&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 4 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;360&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 6 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;720&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Every 12 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfWeek ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Sunday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Monday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Monday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Tuesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Wednesday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Thursday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Friday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Friday&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Saturday&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dayOfMonth ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;1 to 31&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Numeric representation of day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Last&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Last day of month.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetSmtpSettings ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;settings&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| json&lt;br /&gt;
| SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Example settings object:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;source lang=&amp;quot;js&amp;quot; smart-tabs=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot; toolbar=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot; gutter=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;hostname&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;mail.example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;port&amp;quot;: 587,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;protocol&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;SMTP-TLS&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;ignoreSslPolicyErrors&amp;quot;: false,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;authenticationRequired&amp;quot;: true,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;username&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;password&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;userpassword&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromDisplayName&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Sending User&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;fromEmailAddress&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;sending.user@example.com&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;quot;recipientEmailAddresses&amp;quot;: [&amp;quot;administrator@example.com&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;user@example.com&amp;quot;]&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserAuthentication ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set authentication settings of a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;authentication&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Authentication method. Either 'integrated' or 'directoryServices'.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserDistinguishedName ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set the LDAP distinguished name of a MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;distinguishedName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| LDAP DN string.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserEmailAddresses ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set email addresses of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;emailAddresses&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| List of email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserFullName ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set full name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;fullName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Full name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPassword ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set password of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;password&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Password of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPop3UserNames ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set POP3 user name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;pop3UserNames&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of POP3 user names.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPrivileges ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set privileges of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;privileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== privileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Management_API_User_Privileges}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SetUserPrivilegesOnFolder ==&lt;br /&gt;
Set privileges on folder for MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;userName&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| User name of MailStore user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;folder&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Folder name.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;privileges&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Comma separated list of folder privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Argument Values ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== privileges ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=270px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;none&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is denied access to the specified folder. If specified, this value has to be the only value in the list. This effectively removes all privileges on the specified folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;read&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is granted read access to the specified folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;write&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is granted write access to the specified folder. Messages can be moved within an archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;delete&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| The user is granted delete access to the specified folder.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SyncUsersWithDirectoryServices ==&lt;br /&gt;
Sync users of MailStore instance with directory services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;dryRun&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| bool (optional)&lt;br /&gt;
| Simulate sync only.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TestSmtpSettings ==&lt;br /&gt;
Test current SMTP configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arguments ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! width=150px | Name&lt;br /&gt;
! width=120px | Type&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;instanceID&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| string &lt;br /&gt;
| Unique ID of MailStore instance in which this command is invoked.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cstelzmann</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>